FOREWORD
The Iranian Petroleum Standards (IPS) reflect the
views of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum and
are intended for use in the oil and gas production
facilities,
oil
refineries,
chemical
and
petrochemical plants, gas handling and processing
installations and other such facilities.
IPS is based on internationally acceptable
standards and includes selections from the items
stipulated in the referenced standards. They are
also supplemented by additional requirements
and/or modifications based on the experience
acquired by the Iranian Petroleum Industry and
the local market availability. The options which
are not specified in the text of the standards are
itemized in data sheet/s, so that, the user can
select his appropriate preferences therein.
The IPS standards are therefore expected to be
sufficiently flexible so that the users can adapt
these standards to their requirements. However,
they may not cover every requirement of each
project. For such cases, an addendum to IPS
Standard shall be prepared by the user which
elaborates the particular requirements of the user.
This addendum together with the relevant IPS
shall form the job specification for the specific
project or work.
The IPS is reviewed and up-dated approximately
every five years. Each standards are subject to
amendment or withdrawal, if required, thus the
latest edition of IPS shall be applicable
The users of IPS are therefore requested to send
their views and comments, including any
addendum prepared for particular cases to the
following address. These comments and
recommendations will be reviewed by the relevant
technical committee and in case of approval will
be incorporated in the next revision of the
standard.
Standards and Research department
No.19, Street14, North kheradmand
Karimkhan Avenue, Tehran, Iran .
Postal Code- 1585886851
Tel: 88810459-60 & 66153055
Fax: 88810462
Email: Standards@nioc.org
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﺎر‬
‫ ( ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي‬IPS ) ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺖ‬
،‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬،‫ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬،‫و ﮔﺎز‬
‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻓﺮاورش ﮔﺎز و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﻴﻦ‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﺪهﻫﺎﺋﻲ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻧﻔﺖ‬.‫در ﻫﺮﻣﻮرد ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
،‫ﻛﺸﻮر و ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻻ از ﺑﺎزار داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎز‬
‫ﻣﻮاردي ﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﺻﻼﺣﻲ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻟﺤﺎظ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي از ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ‬.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫آورده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ در داده ﺑﺮگﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان آورده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﺷﺪه‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪيﻫﺎي ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﺎص‬.‫ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪ‬.‫آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ آن ﭘﺮوژه و ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎر‬،‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
.‫ﺧﺎص را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داد‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻗﺮار‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و روزآﻣﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردي ﺣﺬف و ﻳﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﺑﻪ آن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﻮاره آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎ و‬،‫از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات اﺻﻼﺣﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد‬
‫ ﻧﻈﺮات و‬.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ زﻳﺮ ارﺳﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺧﺎص ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ در ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و در‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ در ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ‬
.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ‬،‫ ﺧﺮدﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎن زﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻬﺮان‬،‫اﻳﺮان‬
19 ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬،‫ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬
‫اداره ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ‬
1585886851 : ‫ﻛﺪﭘﺴﺘﻲ‬
66153055 ‫ و‬88810459 - 60 : ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
021-88810462 : ‫دور ﻧﮕﺎر‬
Standards@nioc.org
:‫ﭘﺴﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
: ‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
GENERAL DEFINITIONS:
Throughout this Standard
definitions shall apply.
the
following
COMPANY :
Refers to one of the related and/or affiliated
companies of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum
such as National Iranian Oil Company, National
Iranian
Gas
Company,
and
National
Petrochemical Company etc.
CONTRACTOR:
Refers to the persons, firm or company whose
tender has been accepted by the company.
EXECUTOR :
Executor is the party which carries out all or part of
construction and/or commissioning for the project.
INSPECTOR :
The Inspector referred to in this Standard is a
person/persons or a body appointed in writing by
the company for the inspection of fabrication and
installation work
SHALL:
Is used where a provision is mandatory.
SHOULD:
Is used where a provision is advisory only.
WILL:
Is normally used in connection with the action by
the "Company" rather than by a contractor,
supplier or vendor.
MAY:
Is used where a provision is completely
discretionary.
.‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬
: ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ و واﺑﺴﺘﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ‬،‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﮔﺎز اﻳﺮان‬،‫ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
.‫ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه اﻃﻼق ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
:‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬
‫ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ وﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدش‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺼﻪ وﻳﺎ ﻣﺰاﻳﺪه ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه وﺑﺎ او ﻗﺮارداد ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﻣﺠﺮي‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮي ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﻃﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از‬
.‫ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ و ﻳﺎ راه اﻧﺪازي ﭘﺮوژه را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎزرس‬
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮد ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﻃﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺒﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
.‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺟﺒﺎري اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
:‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮورت اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
:‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻛﺎر ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
.‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ داده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
: ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
. ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺧﺘﻴﺎري ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
CONSTRUCTION STANDARD
FOR
MACHINERY INSTALLATION
AND
INSTALLATION DESIGN
SECOND REVISION
JULY 2009
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦآﻻت‬
‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ دوم‬
1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
This Standard is the property of Iranian Ministry of
Petroleum. All rights are reserved to the owner. Neither
whole nor any part of this document maybe disclosed to any
third party, reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or
transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior
written consent of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﻘﻮق آن ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‬.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ آن ﺑﻮده و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
،‫ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬،‫ ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ازﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬،‫از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﻳﺎ روش دﻳﮕﺮي در اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻓﺮاد ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
CONTENTS:
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
Page
No
:‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
0. INTRODUCTION ............................................. 2
2 ........................................................
‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬-0
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL..................................... 4
6................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬:1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 2: RIGGING AND LIFTING ........... 12
12 ......................................... ‫ ﺑﺎرﺑﻨﺪي وﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮي‬: 2 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 3: JOBSITE RECEIVING AND
PROTECTION ............................. 14
14 .................. ‫ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﮔﻴﺮي در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ و ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ‬: 3 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 4: FOUNDATIONS ........................... 18
18 .............................................. .‫ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬:4 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 5: MOUNTING PLATE
GROUTING .................................. 26
26................................ ‫ ﮔﺮوت رﻳﺰي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬: 5 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 6: PIPINIG ......................................... 29
29.................................................. ‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬: 6 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 7: SHAFT ALIGNMENT ................. 34
34 ................................... ‫ ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺤﻮر‬: 7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 8: LUBRICATION SYSTEMS ........ 37
37.................................... ‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي رواﻧﻜﺎري‬: 8 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 9: COMMISSIONING ...................... 40
40 .................................................. ‫ راه اﻧﺪازي‬: 9 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
1
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
This IPS Standard specifies the minimum
requirements for the installation of rotating
equipment in Iranian oil, gas and petrochemical
industries .This standard is base on API RP 686
first edition, April 1996 and shall be read in
conjunction with that document, and in those
cases where it is more stringent, to replace
Manufacturer’s
recommendations,
unless
otherwise agreed by the Company.
‫ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬-0
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت را ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار‬IPS ‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﮔﺎز و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ و ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬، ‫در ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ آورﻳﻞ‬API RP 686 ‫ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻼدي ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﻤﺮاه آن ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار‬1996
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ اﻋﻼم رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ و اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ذﻛﺮ‬.‫ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه از اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آورده ﺷﺪه در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺣﺎﺿﺮ‬
.‫ﺳﺨﺘﮕﻴﺮاﻧﻪﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان آﻧﺮا ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮد‬
These requirements shall form the basis for the
checklists to be prepared and used by the
Contractor and the Company to ensure proper
installation of process machineries. Although
primarily intended for new construction projects,
this Standard may also be useful to maintenance
departments responsible for installation of process
machineries.
‫اﻳﻦ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﭼﻚ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮدد و ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر و ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد ﺗﺎ از ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻫﺪف‬.‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻣﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ در دﭘﺎرﺗﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ‬
. ‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ واﻗﻊ ﺷﻮد‬
For
civil,
instrumentation
and
electrical
requirements on installation of process machineries
the appropriate documents shall be consulted.
‫ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ و اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬،‫در زﻣﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎزه و ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي دﺧﻴﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺪارك ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮارﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ﺑﻮد‬
0. INTRODUCTION
‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻤﻤﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ اﻓﺰوده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ دﻗﻴﻘﺎً ﺑﻪ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ‬1996 ‫ آورﻳﻞ‬API RP 686
‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي آﻣﺪه در آن اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ارﺗﺒﺎط ﭘﻴﺪا ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ و ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮر وﺿﻮح و ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ و ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاﻓﻬﺎ ﺗﺎ‬
.‫ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺬﻛﻮر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ آﻣﺪه و در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد در آﻧﻬﺎ اﺻﻼﺣﻲ‬API ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در‬
.‫ﺻﻮرت ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻴﻨﺎً ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
Guidance For Use Of This Standard
The amendments/supplement to API RP 686 first
edition, April 1996 given in this Standard are
directly related to the equivalent sections or
clauses in API RP 686. For clarity, the section and
paragraph numbering of API RP 686 has been
used as far as possible. Where clauses in API are
referenced within this Standard, it shall mean
those clauses are amended by this Standard.
Clauses in API that are not amended by this
Standard shall remain valid as written.
‫ﺣﺮوف اﺧﺘﺼﺎري ذﻳﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ آن ﻧﻴﺰ آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺳﺮ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺮ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻮع ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬API ‫ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف ﻣﻌﺎدل آن در‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
The following annotations, as specified hereunder,
have been used at the bottom right hand side of
each clause or paragraph to indicate the type of
change made to the equivalent clause or paragraph
of API.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺬف ﺷﺪه و‬API ‫ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ در‬: SUB ( ‫)ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‬
SUB (Substitution): The clause in API shall be
deleted and replaced by the new clause in this
Standard.
. ‫ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ آﻣﺪه در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺪون ﻫﻴﭻ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ‬API‫ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ در‬: DEL ( ‫)ﺣﺬف‬
DEL (Deletion): The clause in API shall be
deleted without any replacement.
. ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺬف ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬: ADD (‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
ADD (Addition): The new clause with the new
number shall be added to the relevant section of
API.
. ‫ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد‬API ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮط در‬
API ‫ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﺑﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف در‬: MOD ( ‫)اﺻﻼح‬
MOD (Modification): Part of the clause or
paragraph in API shall be modified and / or the
new description
. ‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ آورده ﺷﻮد‬/ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺻﻼح و‬
2
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
CONTENTS:
Page
No
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
:‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬: 1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 1- GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE ….. .................................................4
4 ............................. ……………‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-1
1.3 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS ........4
4 ............................... …………‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮ‬3-1
1.4 DEFINITION ..............................................4
4 ....................................... …………‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬4-1
2. REFERENCES ...................................................6
6 .......................................... …………….‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
3. UNITS…………..................................................6
8 ........................................ ……………‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-3
4. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ........................8
8 ...................................... ………‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-4
4.1 QUALITY PLAN………. ...........................8
8 ..................................…………‫ ﻃﺮح ﻛﻴﻔﻲ‬1-4
4.2 CONSTRUCTION TOOLS /
SPECIAL TOOLS ......................................8
8 ............................... ‫ اﺑﺰار وﻳﮋه‬/ ‫ اﺑﺰار ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬2-4
4.3 INSTALLATION and Operating
MANUALS..................................................9
9 ..................... ‫ راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري‬3-4
4.4 SPARE PARTS……....................................9
9 .................................. ………‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻳﺪﻛﻲ‬4-4
4.5 COMMUNICATION ..................................10
10 .................................................. ‫ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎت‬5-4
3
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL
(‫)ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‬
(SUB)
‫ ﻫﺪف‬1-1-1
1.1.1 Purpose
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
.‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي اﺳﺖ‬
This Standard contains the minimum requirements
for the mechanical installation of process
machineries.
،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
،‫ ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز و در ﻣﻮارد ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا‬،‫ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬
.‫ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬،‫در اﻛﺘﺸﺎف‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺻﻮرت ﺑﺮوز ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮت ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﻳﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺷﺮﻛﺖ را ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺳﺎزد ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮارد ﻓﻮق ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
It is intended to be used in oil refineries, chemical
plants, gas plants, and where applicable, in
exploration and production and new ventures.
The contractor shall inform the Company on any
deviations from the requirements of this Standard
necessary to comply with the above.
MOD
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
:1 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 1:
‫ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬IPS-C-PM-216(1) ‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دو زﺑﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت‬
‫ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﺴﻮخ ﺷﺪه‬
This bilingual standard IPS-C-PM-216(1) is a new
edition of the construction standard for machinery
instillation and installation design, supersedes
IPS-C-PM-215(1) march 2005.
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-C-PM-215(1) march 2005
:2 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 2:
‫ ﻣﺘﻦ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬،‫در ﺻﻮرت اﺧﺘﻼف ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ و اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬
In case of conflict between Farsi and English
languages, English languages shall govern. ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻼك ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮت در اﺳﻨﺎد‬3-1
1.3 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
‫در ﻣﻮاردﻳﻜﻪ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮﺗﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺪارك ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﻌﻼم ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺎرش رخ دﻫﺪ ﻣﺪارك ذﻳﻞ ﺑﺎ اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬
. ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات آن‬: ‫ اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ‬
‫ داده ﺑﺮگ ﻫﺎ و ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ‬: ‫ اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ دوم‬
.‫ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت آﻣﺪه در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬: ‫ اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ ﺳﻮم‬
In case of conflict between documents relating to
the inquiry or order, the following priority of
document shall apply.
- First priority : Purchase order and variations
thereto
- Second priority: Data sheets and drawings
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
MOD
‫ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬4-1
1.4 DEFINITION
‫ ﻃﺮاح ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬14-4-1
1.4.14 Engineering Designer
‫ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻛﺴﺐ داده ﻫﺎي ﻻزم و اﻋﻤﺎل‬،‫ﻃﺮاح ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫دادهﻫﺎ و اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اﻧﻄﺒﺎق ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎ‬
The engineering designer carries the responsibility
to obtain the required data, and to apply the data
and information effectively so the installation
meets its requirements.
MOD
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
.‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت را ﺑﻌﻬﺪه ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬16-4-1
1.4.16 Equipment User
Equipment user shall mean ‘Company’.
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬: 1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-1
1.1 SCOPE
-Third priority: This Standard
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
MOD
4
.‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ اﻃﻼق ﺷﻮد‬
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻨﺪة ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬17-4-1
1.4.17 Equipment Installer
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻨﺪة ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺮاﺣـﻲ اﻧﺠـﺎم ﺷـﺪه را ﺑـﻪ ﻃـﻮر‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ اﺟﺮا ﮔﺬاﺷـﺘﻪ و ﺑـﺎ اﺳـﺘﻔﺎده از ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴـﺎﺗﺶ در ﻓﺮآﻳﻨـﺪ‬
‫ ﻟـﺬا ﻧﺼـﺐ ﻛﻨﻨــﺪة‬.‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷـﺪه دﺳـﺖ ﻳﺎﺑـﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺪف و اﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت آورده ﺷـﺪه در‬
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت از ﺟﻤﻠﻪ اﺟﺰاء‬.‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ را درﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﻣﺤـﻞ ﺗﻬﻴـﻪ ﺗـﺎ‬،‫ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ در ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺧﺎص در ﺑﺘﻨﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﺳـﺮﻳﻊ و‬، ‫رﻳﺨﺘﻦ‬
‫ اﺗﺼـﺎﻻت‬، ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬، ‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺘﻦ و ﮔﺮوت‬، ‫زﻳﺎد‬
‫ ﺗـﺮاز ﻧﻤـﻮدن ﺻـﻔﺤﻪ‬، ‫ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﻴﭽﻬـﺎ‬،‫اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﻮاﻟﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺳـﻔﺖ و آزاد ﻛـﺮدن‬، ‫ ﺗﺮاز ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬،‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه و ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
The equipment installer must carry out the intent
of the design and apply experience to achieve in
the installation process the integrity inherent in the
design. The equipment installer should understand
the intent and significance of all design features
and specifications. The installer must manage
details such as the aggregate used in the concrete,
control of the mix from batch plant to pour, any
special requirements of high and early strength
concrete, the curing process of concrete and
grouts, surface coatings, expansion joints,
templates for bolt positioning, leveling of the
soleplates, alignment of the equipment,
appropriate tightening and loosening sequences
for frame tie-bolts, and for anchor bolts.
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
MOD
*‫ ﮔﺮوت‬24-4-1
1.4.24 Grout*
‫ در ﮔــــﺰارش ﺷــــﻤﺎره‬ACI ‫ ﻣﻮﺳــــﺴﻪ‬:‫* ﻳﺎدآوري‬
*Note: The subject of grouts have received
detailed attention by the ACI in their Report ACI
351.1R-93 entitled “Grouting for Support of
Equipment and Machines,” and the reader should
take advantage of this and other relevant
references.
MOD
‫ ﺧﻮد در ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﺎ ﺑﺤﺚ ﮔﺮوت ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت‬ACI 351.IR-93
‫ﻓﺮاواﻧﻲ را ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮار داده اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮان " ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬
‫ﮔﺮوت ﻛﺮدن در ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت " ﭼﺎپ ﺷﺪه‬
‫اﺳﺖ و ﺧﻮاﻧﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ آن ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﻮده و از آن و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
.‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻬﺮه ﺟﻮﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﺎن‬44-4-1
1.4.44 Pulsation Analysis:
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﺎن ﻣﻮرد‬API 618 ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
Requirements of API standard 618 shall be used
for pulsation analysis.
MOD
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
5
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
2. REFERENCES
‫در ﺧﻼل اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ و ﻛﺪﻫﺎي ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار و‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺪارك ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬.‫ﺑﻲ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ذﻳﻞ رﺟﻮع داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ در ﻣﻮرد‬.‫ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازة ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ در ﻣﻮاردي‬.‫ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ در آﻧﻬﺎ اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺻﻮرت ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ و ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ از آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ )ﺑﻬﻤﺮاه ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻳﺎ‬
Throughout this Standard the following dated and
undated standards/codes are referred to. These
referenced documents shall, to the extent specified
herein, form a part of this standard. For dated
references, the edition cited applies. The
applicability of changes in dated references that
occur after the cited date shall be mutually agreed
upon by the Company and the Vendor. For
undated references, the latest edition of the
referenced documents (including any supplements
and amendments) applies.
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ اﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬API
API (AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE)
‫ "روﻳﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه در ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت‬RP 686 1996
"‫و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
RP 686 1996 "Recommended Practice for
Machinery Installation and
Installation Design"
ASTM
A-193
(‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ آزﻣﻮن و ﻣﻮاد اﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ASTM
(AMERICAN
SOCIETY
FOR
TESTING AND MATERIALS)
‫"ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻓﻮﻻد آﻟﻴﺎژي و ﻓﻮﻻد‬
‫زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﻣﻮرد ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد در ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﭘﻴﭻ در‬
‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮارﺗﻬﺎ و ﻓﺸﺎرﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ و‬
"‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي وﻳﮋه‬
‫"ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ و آﻟﻴﺎژي‬
‫ﻣﻮرد ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد در ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﻬﺮه ﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ در‬
‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻬﺎ و ﻓﺸﺎرﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ و ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ‬
"
‫دو‬
"Standard Specification for AlloySteel and Stainless Steel Bolting
Materials for High Temperature or
High Pressure Service and Other
Special Purpose Applications"
A-194
"Standard Specification for Carbon
and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for
High Pressure or High Temperature
Service, or Both"
“Testing aggregates"
BS 4408
"Recommendation
for
Non
Distractive Method of Test for
Concrete Electromagnetic Cover
Majoring Devices"
BS 4082
"External Dimension for Vertical
IN-Line Centrifugal Pump Part2: U
Type Part 1:I TYPE"
A-193
A-194
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬BSI
BSI (BRITISH STANDARDS INSTITUTION)
BS 812
.‫ﻣﺘﻤﻢ( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
"‫"آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ داﻧﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻦ ﻫﺎ‬
BS 812
‫"ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد روش آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﺮب ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ادوات اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
" ‫اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬
BS 4408
‫ "اﺑﻌﺎد ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺎ‬BS 4082
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ‬U ‫ ﻧﻮع‬: 2 ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ‬،‫ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ‬
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ‬I ‫ ﻧﻮع‬: 1 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ روﻳﻪ‬: (1) ‫ "ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎري ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬BS 8110-1
" ‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
BS 8110-1 "Structural Use of Concreted Part 1:
Code of Practice for Design and
Construction"
1990 ‫ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺪل‬CEB-FIB
CEB-FIB Model Code 1990
6
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
(‫ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬IPS
IPS (IRANIAN PETROLEUM STANDARDS)
‫ﺑﺮاي‬
IPS-E-GN-100 (0) "Engineering Standard for
Units"
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬IPS-E-GN-100(0)
"‫واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬
IPS-G-GN-210 (0) "General
Standard
for
Packing and Packages"
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬IPS-G-GN-210(0)
"‫ﺑﻨﺪي و ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
IPS-M-GN-140 (1) "Material and Equipment
Standard for Bearings"
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-GN-140(1)
" ‫ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-GN-340(0)
"‫ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻠﻬﺎي ﻣﺘﺤﺮك ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
IPS-M-GN-340 (0) "Material and Equipment
Standard
for
Mobile
Cranes- Power Driven"
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-GN-350(1)
"‫ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻘﻔﻲ و دروازه اي‬
IPS-M-GN-350 (1) "Material and Equipment
Standard for Overhead and
Patrol Bridge (Gantry)
Cranes"
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري‬
"‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ داﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
IPS-C-PI-410(0)
for
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺎ و‬
"‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ‬
IPS-G-PI-230(0)
"General Standard for Pipe
Support"
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه‬
"‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
IPS-G-PI-280(1)
IPS-C-PI-410 (0)
"Construction Standard for
Inside
Pipe
Chemical
Cleaning"
IPS-G-PI-230 (0)
"Material Standard
Strainers & Filters"
IPS-G-PI-280 (1)
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬IPS-E-PM-385(1)
"‫ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت دوار‬
IPS-E-PM-385 (1) "Engineering Standard for
Machinery Piping"
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬IPS-M-PM-105(1)
‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺮاي‬
"‫ ﮔﺎز و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬،‫ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ‬
IPS-M-PM-105 (1) "Material and Equipment
Standard for Centrifugal
Pumps
for
Petroleum,
Petrochemical and Natural
Gas Industries"
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ در‬
"‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
IPS-M-PM-115 (0) "Material and Equipment
Standard for Centrifugal
Pumps
for
General
Services"
IPS-M-PM-115
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬IPS-M-PM-125(0)
‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ آب آﺗﺶ‬
"‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-PM-130(1)
‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ رﻓﺖ و‬
"‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ‬
IPS-M-PM-125 (0) "Material and Equipment
Standard for Centrifugal
Fire Water Pumps"
IPS-M-PM-130 (1) "Material and Equipment
Standard
for
Positive
Displacement Pumps –
Reciprocating"
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-PM-140(1)
"‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ دوار‬
IPS-M-PM-140 (1) "Material and Equipment
Standard
for
Positive
Displacement Pumps –
Rotary"
7
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-PM-170(1)
‫ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﻮري و ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ و ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎي اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ‬
،‫ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ‬
"‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و ﮔﺎز‬
IPS-M-PM-170 (1) "Material and Equipment
Standard for Axial and
Centrifugal Compressors
and
ExpanderCompressors
for
Petroleum, Chemical and
Gas Industry Services"
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-PM-200(1)
‫ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎي رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ در‬
"‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
IPS-M-PM-200 (1) "Material and Equipment
Standard for Reciprocating
Compressors For Process
Services"
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-PM-220(1)
‫ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬
"‫دوار‬
IPS-M-PM-220 (1) "Material and Equipment
Standard
for
Positive
Displacement Compressors
–Rotary"
IPS-M-PM-260 (1) "Material and Equipment
Standard for Gas Turbines"
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد وﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-PM-240(1)
‫ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي‬
" ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-PM-260(1)
"‫ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﮔﺎزي‬
IPS-M-PM-320 (1) "Material and Equipment
Standard for Lubrication,
Shaft Sealing and Control
Oil
Systems
and
Auxiliaries for Process
Services"
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-PM-320(1)
‫ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﺤﻮر و‬, ‫رواﻧﻜﺎري‬
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي روﻏﻨﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ در ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي‬
"‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
IPS-M-PM-240 (1) "Material and Equipment
Standard
for
General
Purpose Steam Turbines"
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-3
3. UNITS
(SI) ‫ ﺑﺮﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
The International System of Units (SI), dimension
and rating in accordance with IPS-E-GN-100 shall
be used, unless otherwise specified.
ADD
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ در‬،‫ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-GN-100 ‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ دﻳﮕﺮي اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-4
4. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
‫ ﻃﺮح ﻛﻴﻔﻲ‬1-4
4.1 Quality Plan
‫ ﻃﺮاح ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬, ‫در ﻣﻮاردﻳﻜﻪ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻧﻮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻃﺮح ﻛﻴﻔﻲ را ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮده ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬, ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﺑﺘﺪاي ﭘﺮوژه‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎم اﺑﻌﺎد ﻧﺼﺐ و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﺑﻮده و ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺠﺰاي آن ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺗﺄﺋﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ارﺳﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﭼﻚ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺟﻮاﻧﺐ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﭼﻚ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ و ﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺋﻴﺪ و اﻣﻀﺎ ﺷﺪه و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪرك ﻛﻠﻴﺪي‬
For new equipment, at an early stage of the project
the engineering designer shall propose for the
approval of the company a quality plan covering
all aspects of installation, and installation design
of rotating equipment. Each individual item of
equipment shall have its own checklist covering
all aspects of installation. Such a checklist shall
ultimately be signed by the company or its
representative and shall act as a key document in
the hand-over procedure.
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫در ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ و ﺗﺤﻮل اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﺑﺰار وﻳﮋه‬/ ‫ اﺑﺰار ﻧﺼﺐ‬2-4
4.2 Construction Tools / Special Tools
‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺣﺼﻮل اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮدن اﺑﺰار ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و‬
It is the equipment installer’s responsibility to
8
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ در ﻧﺼﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪه ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺧﺎرﻫﺎ و آﭼﺎرﻫﺎ‬, ‫ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮاز ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺿﺪ زﻧﮓ‬.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺳﺖ‬
‫ آﭼﺎرﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ و ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﻮرد ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬... ‫ و اﺑﺰار اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺗﺮاز و‬,‫ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺸﺘﺎور ﺳﻨﺞ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻲ آﭼﺎرﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
ensure that the correct tools are available and are
used for the proper installation of rotating
equipment (i.e. stainless steel shims, correct-size
spanners and keys, certified slings and chain
hoists, torque wrenches, metric alignment dial
gauges and calibrated engineering spirit levels,
vibration meters, analyzers, etc.). Generally,
adjustable spanners shall not be used on rotating
equipment.
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺶ و ﻓﺮﺳﻮدﮔﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎدي در ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﻛﻪ در‬
‫ﺣﻴﻦ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﺑﺰار ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ و در زﻣﺎن ﻧﺼﺐ رخ داده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ در زﻣﺎن ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ و ﺗﺤﻮل ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬.‫ﻣﺮدود اﺳﺖ‬
.‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ در ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﺎر و در ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ‬،‫در ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻧﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺰان دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ اﺑﺰار ﺧﺎص ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺧﺮﻳﺪاري ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﻳﻦ اﺑﺰار ﺧﺎص در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ اﻣﺎ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري از‬.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫اﻳﻦ اﺑﺰار و ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ در ﺣﺪ ﻧﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪه ﻧﺼﺐ‬
Abnormal wear and tear of parts of equipment
through the use of improper tools during
installation is not acceptable. At hand-over,
equipment shall be in ‘as-new’ condition.
For new equipment installation, at an early stage
during construction a check should be made on the
availability of special tools that shall be supplied
by the vendor.
These special tools shall be used by the
equipment installer when required, but the
equipment installer remains responsible for the
care of these tools and their hand-over to the
company in an “as-new” condition.
ADD
(‫) اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
. ‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري‬3-4
4.3 Installation and Operating Manuals
‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎ و دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎه ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎي ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد ﻣﮕﺮ در ﻣﻮاردﻳﻜﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺳﺨﺘﮕﻴﺮاﻧﻪ ﺗﺮي در‬
. ‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي آﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ آزﻣﻮن و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺪارك ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻟﻘﻲﻫﺎي "ﭼﻮن ﺳﺎﺧﺖ" ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫آوري و در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﺪه و در ﺷﺮوع ﻧﺼﺐ در دﺳﺘﺮس‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ رواﻧﻜﺎرﻫﺎ را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎم‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﭘﺮوژه ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت راﻫﻨﻤﺎي رواﻧﻜﺎري ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮده و‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در آن راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ درﺟﻪ و ﻣﻴﺰان رواﻧﻜﺎر و ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از رواﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺟﺰء ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار اﺷﺎره ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺶ ﻣﺎه ﻗﺒﻞ از راه اﻧﺪازي در دﺳﺘﺮس ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
The vendor’s installation and operating manuals
shall be available at site at least one month prior to
installation of the equipment. The instructions
contained therein shall be followed unless
superseded by more stringent requirements in this
standard.
Shop test and inspection records and records of all
“as built” clearances shall be collected and made
available at site when the installation commences.
The
Contractor
shall
furnish
lubricant
recommendations for all rotating equipment of the
project in the form of a lubrication manual, which
shall contain the required grade and quantity of
lubricant as well as the lubrication intervals for
each individual rotating equipment item. This
information shall be available six months prior to
commissioning.
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻳﺪﻛﻲ‬4-4
4.4 Spare Parts
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از آﻣﺎده ﺑﻮدن ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻳﺪﻛﻲ راه اﻧﺪازي در ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻳﺪﻛﻲ‬. ‫دوره ﻧﺼﺐ و راه اﻧﺪازي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺶ از ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم روﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬. ‫در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ آﻣﺎده ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
The Contractor shall ensure that commissioning
spare parts are available during the construction
and commissioning period. Operating spare parts
shall be ordered to arrive at site prior to hand-over
of the equipment to the company. All spare rotors
9
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﺑﻪ‬،‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎي ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري دراز ﻣﺪت‬
shall be properly supported, preserved and
supplied with clear instructions for long term
storage.
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﻃﺮز ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻣﻮاﻇﺒﺖ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎت‬5-4
4.5 Communication
‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﻃﺮﻓﻬﺎي ﻣﺴﺌﻮل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ و ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻋﺒﺎرات‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮل و راﻳﺞ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ در ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز واﻗﻒ ﺑﻮده و ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﻮارد ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ ﭼﻮن‬.‫در روﻧﺪ ﺣﺼﻮل اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ دوار ﺑﻬﻤﺮاه ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎ و ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮﻧﺶ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ وﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮزﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ‬،‫ﺻﻮرت ﻳﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫ از اﻳﻦ رو ﻃﺮﻓﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺘﻲ را در ﻗﺒﺎل ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬،‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
. ‫دارﻧﺪ در ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺳﺎزﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
‫در اﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺎن اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ﺳﻮء ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻀﻤﻮن وﺟﻮد‬
‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ در ﻣﻮاردﻳﻜﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎي ﻣﺸﺘﺮك‬
‫وﺟﻮد دارد ﻓﺮض ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺮف ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ آن ﺑﺨﺶ را ﺑﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم‬
‫ وﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ رﺳﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ از اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه را ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫دﻫﺪ و وﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
All responsible parties must communicate
effectively; using common terms, with common
meanings, and should share an understanding of
the needed information and how it influences the
process of achieving a sound installation. A
rotating equipment, its mounts, and its foundation
act as a system with physical interfaces. Those
with responsibilities for it have organizational
interfaces.
There
exists
strong
potential
for
miscommunication, or for the assumption that
another party carries entirely what may be an
overlapping responsibility. Design features of the
foundation and mount may influence some of the
information expected from the vendor, and design
features of the equipment may limit options open
to the foundation designer.
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
10
.‫را ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاح ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻣﺤﺪود ﺳﺎزد‬
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
CONTENTS:
Page
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
:‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
No
‫ ﺑﺎرﺑﻨﺪي و ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮي‬: 2 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 2: RIGGING AND LIFTING
1.1 SCOPE ......................................................... 12
12 ..................................................... ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-1
1.2 PREPLANNING THE LIFT ........................ 12
12 .............................‫ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰي ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮي‬2-1
1.4 INSTALLATION CRITERIA ....................... 12
12 ......................... ‫ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮي‬4-1
11
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي‬: 2 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 2: RIGGING AND LIFTING
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-1
1.1 SCOPE
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺑﺎر ﮔﻴـﺮي ﻫـﺮ‬،‫ اﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ راﻫﻜﺎرﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-1-1
1.1.1 This chapter provides general guidelines for
rigging and lifting of any rotating equipment, from
shipping trucks, railcars, and so forth, onto the
foundation or platform. Requirements of IPS-MGN-340 (0) and IPS-M-GN-350 (1) shall be met
as deemed applicable.
MOD
‫ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن و ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ آن از روي وﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺣﻤـﻞ و‬، ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ دوار‬
‫ در‬.‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﺎري ﺑﻪ روي ﺳﻜﻮ ﻳـﺎ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳـﻴﻮن را اراﻳـﻪ ﻣـﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳـﺪ‬
‫ و‬IPS-M-GN-340(0) ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣـﺎت‬،‫ﺻﻮرت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑـﻮدن‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-M-GN-350(1)
‫ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰي ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي‬2-1
1.2 PREPLANNING THE LIFT
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒـﻞ از ﻣﺮﺣﻠـﻪ ﻧﺼـﺐ ﭘـﺮوژه‬2-2-1
1.2.2 The installer shall prepare a rigging and
lifting plan of action before installation phase of
the project that includes the following:
MOD
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎر ﺑﻨﺪي و ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮي را ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮارد ذﻳـﻞ اﺳـﺖ ﺗﻬﻴـﻪ‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
:‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت‬3-1
1.3 LIFTING THE MACHINERY
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات وﻳﮋه ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮي و اﺑﺰار ﺧﺎص ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز‬6-3-1
1.3.6 All special lifting equipment and special
tools required for maintenance during installation
phase shall be listed and provided in a box by the
Vendor. If the equipment downtime is a critical
factor, it may be beneficial to specify that all tools
for maintenance shall be provided in a walk-in
type container.
ADD
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري در ﻃﻮل ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ "ﺑﺎﻳﺪ" ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ در‬. ‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪه و در ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اي ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﺧﺎرج از ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﺑﻮدن ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻧﺸﺎن ﮔﺮدد ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﻣﻬﻤﻲ در ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎم اﺑﺰار آﻻت ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮي آدمرو ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
. ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ در ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮي‬4-1
1.4 Criteria on Hoisting Facilities
‫ ﻧﻮع ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ دوار‬1-4-1
1.4.1 The type of hoisting facilities employed (e.g.
mobile or permanent cranes) will influence the
time required and ease to carry out installation
activities.
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻠﻬﺎي ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﺤﺮك( ﺑﺮ‬
‫زﻣﺎن ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز و ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم رﺳﻴﺪن ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
.‫ﮔﺬار اﺳﺖ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺎﻻي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ دوار‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻞ ﺳﻘﻔﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ زﻳﺮ ﺳﻘﻒ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ "ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ" ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان راه ﺣﻠﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮي‬
‫ در ﻓﺎز ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﭘﺮوژه و ﭘﻴﺶ از ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺮدن‬.‫ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ در ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺳﻘﻒ داﺋﻢ و در ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬،‫ﻃﺮح ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬
.‫ﻧﻮع ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮي ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
Using an installed hoisting facility above rotating
equipment or overhead crane for those
machineries installed under roof may be
considered as a convenient solution for lifting. At
the design phase of the project and prior to
finalizing the plot plan, it is decided whether to
provide permanent roofing and accordingly the
type of hoisting facilities.
12
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
CONTENTS:
Page
No
CHAPTER 3: JOBSITE RECEIVING AND
PROTECTION
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
:‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﮔﻴﺮي در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ و ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ‬:3 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
1.1 SCOPE ......................................................... 14
14 .................................................... ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-1
1.2 RESPONSIBILITY ...................................... 14
14 ....................................................... ‫ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ‬2-1
1.4 JOBSITE RECEIVING AND
INSPECTION .............................................. 14
14 ......................... ‫ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﮔﻴﺮي در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬4-1
1.5 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS JOBSITE
PROTECTION........................................... 14
14 ......... ‫ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ – ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬5-1
1.6 LUBRICANTS AND PRESERVATIVES ........ 14
14 ......................................... ‫ رواﻧﻜﺎرﻫﺎ و ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﻬﺎ‬6-1
1.8 SPARE PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS, AND
MISCELLANEOUS LOOSE ITEMS........... 15
‫ اﺑﺰار ﺧﺎص و ﻧﻜﺎت ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮن ﻣﺮﺑﻮط‬،‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻳﺪﻛﻲ‬8-1
15.................................................. ‫ﺑﻪ اﺟﺰاي ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
1.9 AUXILIARY PIPING FOR ROTATING
EQUIPMENT.............................................. 15
15 ....................... ‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار‬9-1
1.10 COMPRESSORS—GENERAL.................. 15
15 .................................... ‫ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ – ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬10-1
13
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﮔﻴﺮي در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ و ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ‬: 3 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 3: JOBSITE RECEIVING AND
PROTECTION
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-1
1.1 SCOPE
‫ اﻳﻦ روﻳﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري از‬1-1-1
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت ﭘﺮوژه و اﺟﺰاء ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ از آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪن در ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ‬
‫ ﭘﺲ از ﻧﺼﺐ و در ﻃﻮل دوره ﭘﻴﺶ از راه‬، ‫اﻧﺒﺎر در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آﻣﺪه در‬.‫اﻧﺪازي و ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ را ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﻮدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬IPS-G-GN-210 (0)
1.1.1 This recommended practice (RP) defines the
minimum requirements for protecting project
machinery and related components from
deterioration while in field storage, after
installation, and during the period prior to
commissioning and hand over to the user.
Requirements of IPS-G-GN-210 (0) shall be met
as deemed applicable.
MOD
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
.‫رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
1.1.2
Replace
“the
user’s
designated
representative” by “the Company’s designated
representative”
MOD
‫ ﻋﺒﺎرت "ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﻣﻨﺼﻮب ﺷﺪه ﺷﺮﻛﺖ را ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي‬2-1-1
1.1.3
Replace
“the
user’s
designated
representative” by “the Company’s designated
representative”
MOD
‫ ﻋﺒﺎرت "ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﻣﻨﺼﻮب ﺷﺪه ﺷﺮﻛﺖ را ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي‬3-1-1
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﻣﻨﺼﻮب ﺷﺪه ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ" ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﻣﻨﺼﻮب ﺷﺪه ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ" ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ‬2-1
1.2 RESPONSIBILITY
‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ از ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت ﭘﺮوژه از ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫آﺳﻴﺐ در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﻳﻦ روﻳﻪ ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و‬
.‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ در ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪة ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Overall responsibility for protecting project
machinery from deterioration in the field, per this
recommended practice, rests with the contractor
until the machinery is turned over to the care,
custody, and control of the user.
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺣﺼﻮل اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي‬
(‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه در اﻧﺒﺎر ﻛﺮدﻧﻬﺎي ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ )زﻳﺮ ﺳﻘﻒ ﻳﺎ در ﻓﻀﺎي ﺑﺎز‬
‫ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮارﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ و اﻳﻨﻜﻪ از رﺳﻴﺪن آﺳﻴﺐ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
.‫رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮدو ﻏﺒﺎر ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪه ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر اﺳﺖ‬
It is also the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure
that at all times the Manufacturer’s
recommendations on prolonged storage (indoor
and outdoor) are followed and that damage due to
dust or moisture is prevented.
MOD
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
1.4
JOBSITE
INSPECTION
RECEIVING
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﮔﻴﺮي در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬4-1
AND
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎرﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬،‫ در زﻣﺎن ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﮔﻴﺮي‬: ‫پ‬
p. On receipt the equipment shall be checked
against the shipping manifest and inspected for
any damage.
MOD
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
.‫و ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ – ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬5-1
1.5 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—JOBSITE
PROTECTION
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎم اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت ﻻزم را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺤﻘﻖ‬1-1-5-1
1.5.1.1 The Contractor shall take all necessary
actions to restore the preservation.
MOD
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
.‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ آورد‬
‫ رواﻧﻜﺎرﻫﺎ و ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﻬﺎ‬6-1
1.6 LUBRICANTS AND PRESERVATIVES
‫ در ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﭘﺮوژه ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد از ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺑﻮدن‬7-6-1
1.6.7 At an early stage of the project it should be
ensured that there will be adequate quantities of
rust preventatives at site by the time equipment is
received.
ADD
‫ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ روﻏﻦ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه از ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ در زﻣﺎن‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
14
.‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ اﺑﺰار ﺧﺎص و اﻗﻼم ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮن ﻏﻴﺮ‬،‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻳﺪﻛﻲ‬8-1
1.8 SPARE PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS, AND
MISCELLANEOUS LOOSE ITEMS
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ روﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ دوار ﻣﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در‬5-8-1
1.8.5 Spare rotors for major rotating equipment
are usually furnished with watertight metal
transport/storage containers suitable for vertical
storage and able to withstand an internal pressure
of 0.20 barg. These containers shall be checked on
arrival at site for any signs of damage and for
absence of moisture and shall be stored according
to the Manufacturer’s instructions. Vertical storage
is recommended if allowed by the Manufacturer’s
instructions. Special attention is required to ensure
that a proper inert environment is maintained in
this container e.g. by nitrogen under a slight
overpressure.
ADD
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺿﺪ آب ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺒﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ ﺑﺎر ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬0.2 ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻓﺸﺎر داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در زﻣﺎن رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻋﺪم‬
‫ و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫وﺟﻮد رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻳﺎ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري‬.‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮدي در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻼف دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮدن ﻣﺤﻴﻂ داﺧﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮ‬.‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﻮد ﻣﺜﻼ ﻣﻴﺘﻮان از ﮔﺎز ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﻧﻴﺘﺮوژن ﺑﺎ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﻓﺸﺎر اﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ از ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺤﻴﻂ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ دوار‬9-1
1.9 AUXILIARY PIPING FOR ROTATING
EQUIPMENT
‫ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬1-9-1
1.9.1 Pipe components
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ورود ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮاد‬1-1-9-1
1.9.1.1 To prevent ingress of dirt and foreign
matter it shall be ensured that all routes and
openings are properly blinded off and sealed and
that temporary suction strainers are correctly
installed. Dust blinds shall remain installed until
final alignment.
ADD
‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ " ﺑﺎﻳﺪ " از ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮدن ﻛﺎﻣﻞ و ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻤﺎم‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﺑﺎز و ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪن ﻛﺎﻣﻞ آﻧﻬﺎ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺑﺴﺘﻬﺎي‬.‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺶ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﻨﺪه از ورود ﻏﺒﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﺳﺎزي‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
. ‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮد ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ – ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬10-1
1.10 COMPRESSORS— GENERAL
‫ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬6-10-1
1.10.6 The overall lay-out of a compressor
installation shall allow safe access to all operating
positions and to overhead lifting equipment if
provided. There shall be no unguarded floor
openings around machines.
ADD
‫ﻫﺎي آن ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت اﻳﻤﻦ در دﺳﺘﺮس ﺑﻮده و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮي‬
‫ در اﻃﺮاف ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت‬.‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
(‫) اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮداﻟﻲ ﺑﺪون ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ رﻫﺎ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻀﺎي ﻛﺎﻓﻲ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدن‬7-10-1
1.10.7 Sufficient space shall be provided at the
compressor floor level for dismantling the
compressor (for reciprocating compressors
including the removal of piston rods), its driver
and auxiliary equipment. If two or more
compressors are located on the same floor,
provision shall be made for a clear floor area that
is adequate for the simultaneous overhaul of all
compressors, their drivers and associated auxiliary
equipment. The permissible floor loading shall be
able to withstand the maximum cumulative weight
that arises during maintenance.
ADD
‫اﺟﺰاي ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر )در ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ ﻣﺤﺮك و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ آن در‬،(‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﺮدن دﺳﺘﻪ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ دو ﻳﺎ‬.‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر در ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﻮرﻳﺘﺮﻛﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻀﺎي ﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات اﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻫﻢ زﻣﺎن ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ و‬
‫ ﺑﺎر اﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬.‫ﻣﺤﺮﻛﻬﺎ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات روي آن ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ‬
‫اﺳﺎس ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮع وزﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻳﻚ زﻣﺎن ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
15
.‫ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009/ 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-C-PM-216 (2‬‬
‫‪ 8-10-1‬ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻛﻤﻜﻲ و ﻧﺤﻮه ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬
‫‪1.10.8 The lay-out of auxiliary equipment and the‬‬
‫‪provision of permanent steps and platforms and‬‬
‫‪of adequate clear floor space shall permit easy‬‬
‫‪and safe access to all components for operation‬‬
‫‪and maintenance.‬‬
‫‪ADD‬‬
‫ﭘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎي داﺋﻤﻲ و ﺳﻜﻮﻫﺎ و ﻓﻀﺎي ﺧﺎﻟﻲ اﻃﺮاف ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﺮار‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ آﺳﺎن و اﻳﻤﻦ را ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻻزم ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري و ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ(‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب‬
‫‪APPENDIX B‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت دوار و ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ و‬
‫‪MACHINERY RECEIVING AND‬‬
‫‪PROTECTION CHECKLIST‬‬
‫‪1.4.P Equipment checked against the shipping‬‬
‫?‪manifest and inspected for any damage‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري‬
‫‪-4-1‬ع ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﺎرﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬
‫داده ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻮدن ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد؟‬
‫‪16‬‬
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
CONTENTS:
Page
No
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
:‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬: 4 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 4: FOUNDATIONS
SECTION 1-DEFINITIONS................................ 18
18 ................................................... ‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬-1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
1.3 EQUIPMENT USER .................................... 18
18 ................................................‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬3-1
SECTION 2- MACHINERY FOUNDATION
INSTALLATION DESIGN ........ 18
18 ...‫ – ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت دوار‬2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .................... 18
18 ................................................ ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬2-2
2.10 ANCHOR BOLTS AND SLEEVES............ 18
18 ............................. ‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ و ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎ‬10-2
APPENDIX A ..................................................................20
20 ........................................................... ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
17
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬: 4 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 4: FOUNDATIONS
‫ – ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
SECTION 1- DEFINITIONS
‫ ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮدار ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬3-1
1.3 EQUIPMENT USER
.‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
The equipment user shall mean ‘Company’. MOD
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
SECTION 2 - MACHINERY FOUNDATION
INSTALLATION DESIGN
‫ – ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت دوار‬2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬2-2
2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
‫ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻞ‬17-2-2
2.2.17 The foundation for a reciprocating
compressor installation must position and support
the compressor. It must keep the compressor
aligned and help it support the loads generated by
the compressor and its driver. In supporting time
varying loads, the combined stiffness of the
compressor’s structure and foundation must limit
dynamic motion of the compressor and bending
loads on the crankshaft to acceptable levels. In
summary, the compressor and its foundation must
act together as an integrated structure which
assures sound, reliable, robust machine function.
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬.‫اﺳﺘﻘﺮار و ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎه ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺮاي آن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر را در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ و ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم‬.‫ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر و ﻣﺤﺮك آن ﻛﻤﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر و ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر و ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﺧﺘﻮرﻳﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه روي ﻣﻴﻞ ﻟﻨﮓ را‬
.‫ در ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻲ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر و ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ اش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮرت‬، ‫در ﻣﺠﻤﻮع‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻄﻮرﻳﻜﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺑﺪون‬
(‫ )اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬.‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن و ﻣﻘﺎوم ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻧﻘﺺ‬
ADD
‫ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن در ﻃﻮل ﻋﻤﺮ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي‬18-2-2
2.2.18 The foundation should meet these
requirements over the anticipated life of the
compressor installation. It should, therefore,
support all loads which it experiences with
sustained strength and integrity. The stresses which
the loads generate within the block should fall
below the levels at which cracking may occur for
the concrete in question. Concrete strength under
dynamic loads should consider fatigue and the
reduction in strength it causes. If cracking occurs, it
should remain localized, with its growth limited.
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ذﻳﻞ را ﺑﺮآورده ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ و ﺗﻤﺎم ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي‬
‫وارده ﺑﻬﻤﺮاه ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻻزم ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﮕﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ را‬
‫ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎي وارده ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه در‬.‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮك ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻣﻴﺰان ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي اﻳﺠﺎد ﺗﺮك در‬
‫ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﺑﺘﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ‬.‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ و اﻓﺖ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از آن در‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻲ ﺑﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮك در‬.‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪه و از رﺷﺪ آن ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ و ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎ‬10-2
2.10 ANCHOR BOLTS and SLEEVES
‫ در ﻧﺼﺒﻬﺎي ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎي رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ‬5-10-2*
2.10.5 For all new installations of large low speed
reciprocating compressors (200-600 rpm), high
strength steel anchor bolts satisfying ASTM
specification A-193, with 105,000 PSI tensile
yield shall be used.
MOD
‫ دور در دﻗﻴﻘﻪ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي‬200-600) ‫ﺑﺰرگ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﻢ‬
ASTM ‫ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬.‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬105000 psi ‫ و ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ‬A-193
‫ در ﻧﺼﺒﻬﺎي ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎي رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ‬9-10-2*
2.10.9 For all new installations of large low speed
reciprocating compressors (200-600 rpm), rolled
(formed) threads shall be used to minimize any
stress concentration at the threads (as per ASTM
A-193 for bolts and ASTM A-194 for nuts). ADD
‫( دور در دﻗﻴﻘﻪ( رزوهﻫﺎي ﻧﻮرد‬200-600) ‫ﺑﺰرگ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد ﺗﺎ ﺗﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﻨﺶ درﻣﺤﻞ رزوه‬
‫ و ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻬﺮه‬ASTM A-193 ‫ﻫﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ از‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
18
.(ASTM A-194 ‫ﻫﺎ از‬
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻞ زﻳﺮ در ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬10-10-2 *
2.10.10 Make anchor bolts as long as possible, for
the following reasons:
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
:‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
- Lengthening anchor bolts increases their
tolerance to creep of any polymeric materials
(e.g. epoxy grout) in the machine mounting.
‫ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻮدن ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺧﺰش اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬‫ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻠﻤﻴﺮي )ﻣﺜﻼً ﮔﺮوت اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ( در ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎه ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ را‬
. ‫اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
- Lengthening the anchor bolts reduces the
dynamic stresses in the concrete near the bolt
termination.
‫ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎي دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ در‬،‫ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻮدن ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬.‫ﺑﺘﻦ اﻃﺮاف اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ را ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
- Lengthening anchor bolts increases the
separation of bolt termination from sources of
oil that can help grow the crack and weaken the
surrounding concrete.
‫ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ از‬، ‫ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻮدن ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬‫ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ روﻏﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ رﺷﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ و ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﺑﺘﻦ آن‬
.‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ را اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﺧﻮاﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪ در اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد اﻃﻼﻋﺎت‬:‫*ﻳﺎدآوري‬
*
Note: Interested reader may refer to the following
document
for
further
information:
“FOUNDATION GUIDELINES”, Report No. TR97-2, 1998 Gas Machinery Research Council
(GMRC)
"‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي ﻛﺴﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ "راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن‬
.‫( ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬GMRC) 1998 ‫ ﺳﺎل‬TR-97-2 ‫ﺷﻤﺎره‬
19
‫)‪IPS-C-PM-216 (2‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009/ 1388‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
‫‪APPENDIX A‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ و ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫‪TYPICAL FOUNDATION AND ANCHOR‬‬
‫‪BOLT DETAILS‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪه‬
‫و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از ﮔﺮد و ﻏﺒﺎر و روﻏﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ روي‬
‫ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫آﺟﺪار‬
‫ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• در اﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﻤﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺘﻦ ﻧﺸﺎن داده‬
‫ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• اﺑﻌﺎد ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ‪h‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ اﺑﻌﺎد واﻗﻌﻲ در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫دارد‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫)ﺑﺮاي ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺦ اﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮوت‬
‫ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫‪Fig. A-5 — TYPICAL FOUNDATION DIMENSIONS FOR THE INSTALLATION‬‬
‫)‪OF VERTICAL CLOSE COUPLED PUMPS (ADD‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ اﻟﻒ‪ -5-‬اﺑﻌﺎد ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه )اﺿﺎﻓﻪ(‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009/ 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-C-PM-216 (2‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
‫‪APPENDIX A‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ و ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫‪TYPICAL FOUNDATION AND‬‬
‫‪ANCHOR BOLT DETAILS‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻒ‪-‬اﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ A‬ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻛﺪ ‪20‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ B‬ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻛﺪ ‪60‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
‫ﺟﻨﺲ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫__‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪاد‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫‪Fig. A-6 — MOUNTING PLATE FOR VERTICAL CLOSE COUPLED PUMPS,‬‬
‫)‪BS 4082 –CODE 20 AND 60 (ADD‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ اﻟﻒ‪ -6-‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎه ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه‬
‫ﻛﺪ ‪ 20‬و ‪) 4082BS 60‬اﺿﺎﻓﻪ(‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009/ 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-C-PM-216 (2‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
‫‪APPENDIX A‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ و ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫‪TYPICAL FOUNDATION AND‬‬
‫‪ANCHOR BOLT DETAILS‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻒ‪-‬اﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ A‬ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻛﺪ ‪10‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ B‬ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻛﺪ ‪ 40 ، 30‬و ‪50‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺟﻨﺲ‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫__‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪاد‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫‪Fig. A-7 - MOUNTING PLATE FOR VERTICAL CLOSE COUPLED PUMPS,‬‬
‫)‪BS 4082 –CODE 10, 30, 40 AND 50 (ADD‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ اﻟﻒ‪ -7-‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎه ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه‬
‫ﻛﺪ ‪ 40 ،30 ، 10‬و ‪) 4082BS 50‬اﺿﺎﻓﻪ(‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009/ 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-C-PM-216 (2‬‬
‫‪APPENDICES‬‬
‫‪APPENDIX A‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
‫‪TYPICAL FOUNDATION AND‬‬
‫‪ANCHOR BOLT DETAILS‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ و ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ‪ 25‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪-1‬‬
‫‪-2‬‬
‫‪-3‬‬
‫‪-4‬‬
‫‪-5‬‬
‫‪-6‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮر ﺗﺮاز ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫‪Fig. A-8 - TYPICAL ARRANGEMENT OF SOLE PLATES, LEVELING SPINDLES AND SHIMS AS‬‬
‫)‪USED FOR RECIPROCATING EQUIPMENT (ADD‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ اﻟﻒ‪ -8-‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﭼﻴﺪﻣﺎن ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻮر ﺗﺮازﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺗﺮاز ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻛﻪ‬
‫در ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد )اﺿﺎﻓﻪ(‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009/ 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-C-PM-216 (2‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
‫‪APPENDIX A‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ و ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫‪TYPICAL FOUNDATION AND‬‬
‫‪ANCHOR BOLT DETAILS‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ‬
‫‬
‫
‬
‫اﺑﻌﺎد ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 45‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪A ..‬‬
‫‪ 67‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪B ..‬‬
‫‪ 45‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ × ‪C .. 80‬‬
‫وزن ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ‪ 1/05 :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم‬
‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎر‪ 2000 :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﺮاز‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫)‪Fig.A-9 - DIMENSIONS AND TYPICAL ARRANGEMENT OF JACKING SCREW (ADD‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ اﻟﻒ‪ -9-‬اﺑﻌﺎد و وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﺮاز )اﺿﺎﻓﻪ(‬
‫‪24‬‬
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
CONTENTS:
Page
No
CHAPTER 5: MOUNTING PLATE
GROUTING
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
:‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ ﮔﺮوت رﻳﺰي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬: 5 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
SECTION 1- DEFINITIONS ............................... 26
26 .....................................................‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬-1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
1.6 EQUIPMENT USER .................................... 26
26 ................................................ ‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬6-1
SECTION 2- MACHINERY GROUTING
INSTALLATION DESIGN ......... 26
26 .......‫ – ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اﺟﺮاي ﮔﺮوت رﻳﺰي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت‬2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
25
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﮔﺮوت رﻳﺰي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬: 5 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 5: MOUNTING PLATE
GROUTING
SECTION 1- DEFINITIONS
‫ – ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
1.6 EQUIPMENT USER
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬6-1
(‫ )اﺻﻼح‬. ‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ "ﺷﺮﻛﺖ" ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
The equipment user shall mean ‘Company’ MOD
SECTION 2- MACHINERY GROUTING
INSTALLATION DESIGN
‫ – ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اﺟﺮاي ﮔﺮوت رﻳﺰي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت‬2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ اﻧﻮاع ﮔﺮوت‬3-4-2
2.4.3 Types of grout
‫ ﮔﺮوت ﻣﺎﺳﻪ – ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬1-3-4-2
2.4.3.1 Sand-cement grout
‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﮔﺮوت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮاً ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎرﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬
.‫)ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ( ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﮔﺮوت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﭘﻮرﺗﻠﻨﺪ وﺳﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﺑﺴﻴﺎر رﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ‬20 ‫ﮔﺮوت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﺧﺮدﺷﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫ روز داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و اﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺰان ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬28 ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﭘﺲ از‬
. ‫ روز ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬7 ‫ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ در‬13
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺪ‬BS 812 ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ و ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ را‬،‫ﻣﻌﺎدل آن ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻮرد ﺧﻮاص ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﻪ راﺣﺘﻲ از ﻏﺮﺑﺎل ﺑﺎ‬
The use shall be limited to grouting of minor steel
structures (e.g. instrument stands) only.
The grout shall be a mixture of one part of
Portland cement and three parts of clean fine sand.
The grout shall have a minimum crushing strength
of 20 N/mm2 after 28 days and not less than 13
N/mm2 at 7 days.
The sand aggregate shall comply with the
relevant sections of BS 812 or equivalent code
with respect to mechanical, physical and chemical
properties, and be capable of freely passing a
filter mesh of 1.5 mm.
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮﻋﺒﻮر ﻛﻨﺪ‬1/5 ‫ﺗﻮري‬
‫ ﮔﺮوت ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻘﺒﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه‬2-3-4-2
2.4.3.2 Non-shrink grout
‫ روز ﺣﺠﻢ ان ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬28 ‫ﮔﺮوﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ از ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪن ﻃﻲ‬
‫ ﮔﺮوت ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻘﺒﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫روز اول ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺸﻮد‬
‫ در ﻃﻮل اﻳﻦ دوره ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً از ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬.
‫ ﻛﺮﻧﺒﺎﺗﻪ ﺷﺪن و در ﻣﻌﺮض دﻣﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ‬، ‫ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ‬، ‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪﮔﻲ‬
A grout is regarded as non-shrink if its volume is
not less than the initial volume, after hardening for
28 days. During this period the test specimens
shall have been completely protected against
drying, evaporating, carbonation and exposure to
temperatures outside the range 23 °C ± 3 °C. ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﺴﻴﻮس‬23 ±3 ‫از‬
‫ﻧﻮع و ﻧﺎم ﺗﺠﺎري ﮔﺮوت ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻘﺒﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺘﻦ‬/ ‫روي ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﻮد و‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﮔﺔ داده و ﮔﻮاﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه را ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﻴﺮد‬
The type and brand of non-shrink grout shall, after
approval, be indicated on the drawings and/or
specification for concrete work Contractor shall
supply the Manufacturer’s data sheets and
certificates.
The grout shall be free of chlorides and shall have
a pouring consistency.
‫ﮔﺮوت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم‬
.‫رﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
A metal-oxidizing or gypsum-forming non-shrink
grout shall not be used.
‫ﮔﺮوت ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻘﺒﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه اﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻓﻠﺰات ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮوﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
.‫ﮔﭽﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻧﮕﻴﺮد‬
Non-shrink grout shall be applied under all major
steel structures and stationary, rotating and
reciprocating equipment.
‫ﮔﺮوت ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻘﺒﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ زﻳﺮ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎرﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻدي و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺛﺎﺑﺖ و دوار و رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
26
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﻳﻜﻲ از دو ﻧﻮع ﮔﺮوت ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻘﺒﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ذﻳﻞ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
In general one of the following types of nonshrink grout shall be used:
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم‬، ‫ ﮔﺮوت ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻘﺒﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬‫ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬75 ‫ﻓﺸﺎري‬
- Cement-based non-shrink grout, with a
minimum compressive strength of 75
N/mm2;
‫ ﮔﺮوت ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻘﺒﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﭘﺎﻳﻪ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم‬-
- Epoxy-based non-shrink grout, with a
minimum compressive strength of 95
N/mm2.
ADD
2.4.3.3
Grouting of
(tendons)
pre-stressed
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
. .‫ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬95 ‫ﻓﺸﺎري‬
‫ ﮔﺮوت رﻳﺰي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي از ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه‬3-3-4-2
systems
(‫)ﺗﻨﺪون ﻫﺎ‬
Grouting of tendons shall be in accordance with
CEB-FIB MODEL CODE 1990, Section 11.8 and
the FIB Guide to Good practice “Grouting of
tendons in pre-stressed concrete”, 1900 or BS
8110-1, clause 8.9.
CEB-FIB ،8-11 ‫ﮔﺮوت رﻳﺰي ﺗﻨﺪوﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي روﻳﻪ اي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬FIB ‫ و راﻫﻨﻤﺎي‬1990 ‫آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺪل‬
‫ ﻳﺎ‬1900 ‫در "ﮔﺮوت ﺗﻨﺪوﻧﻬﺎ در ﺑﺘﻦ از ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه" ﺳﺎل‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬BS 8119-1 ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬9-8 ‫ﻣﺎده‬
،‫ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﮔﺮوت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ داراي ﺧﻮاص )اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫ و ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه( ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت‬،‫اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻛﺸﺸﻲ‬
‫ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ آن ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬.‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺘﻦ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬0/40 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
(‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع و ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ) ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ آزﻣﻮن و داده ﺑﺮگ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬.‫را در ﮔﺮوت ﺗﺰرﻳﻘﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ آوري ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ راﺑﻄﻪ را ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬QA/QC ‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﺳﺘﻮر اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺪوﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ دﻣﻴﺪن ﻫﻮا ﺧﺸﻚ‬
65 % ‫ ﻫﻮا اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از روﻏﻦ و ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬. ‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺪوﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬.‫رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺮوت ﺗﺰرﻳﻘﻲ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و از ﭘﺮﺷﺪن ﻛﺎﻣﻞ و ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ راﺑﻄﻪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬.‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬BS 4408
The injection grout shall have at least the same
properties
(compressive
strengths,
tensile
strengths, adhesion etc.) as the specified concrete.
The water/cement ratio shall not exceed 0.40.
The Contractor shall compile the type and
composition (including test results and data
sheets) of the injection grout. A QA/QC procedure
shall be provided by Contractor.
The ducts of the tendons shall be dried by air
blowing. The air shall be free of oil and shall have
a maximum relative humidity of 65%. The ducts
of the tendons shall be filled with injection grout
and checked for proper, complete filling. See also
BS 4408 in this respect.
‫ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه در ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﺎي ﺗﻨﺪوﻧﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻴﺪه‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮد و ﺧﻮاص آن ﺗﻮرﻳﺎﺑﻪ ﺧﻮاص ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ ﺑﺘﻦ )ﻣﺮﻣﺖ ( ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ‬. ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ آﻣﺎده‬. ‫ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ زدودن ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎ و اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺟﻬﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
The pockets at the anchorage of the pre-stressed
tendons shall be filled with concrete of at least the
same properties as the structural concrete. A
modified poured (repair) concrete or gunited
concrete should be used. Surface preparation, such
as removal of the laitance and the use of an
approved bonding agent, shall be considered to
ensure proper bonding.
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
27
.‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
CONTENTS:
Page
No
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
:‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬: 6 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 6: PIPING
SECTION 1—DEFINITIONS .............................. 29
29 .................................................. ‫ – ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
1.9 EQUIPMENT USER .................................... 29
29 ................................................. ‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬9-1
SECTION 2—MACHINERY PIPING
INSTALLATION DESIGN ........ 29
29 .... ‫ – ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت دوار‬2‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
2.1 SCOPE ......................................................... 29
29 .................................................... ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-2
2.4 PIPING SUPPORTS .................................... 29
29 .....................................‫ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬4-2
2.8 INLET STRAINERS ....................................... 30
30 .............................. ‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻴﻬﺎ در دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ورودي‬8-2
SECTION 4- MACHINERY PIPING ................. 30
30 ........................ ‫ – ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت وار‬4 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
4.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENT ...................... 30
30 ................................................ ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-4
4.6 PIPING ALIGNMENT
REQUIREMENTS ............................................ 30
30 ...................... ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﺳﺎزي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬6-4
4.8 PIPE STRAIN MEASUREMENT ................ 33
31 ........................... ‫ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﺮﻧﺶ در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ‬8-4
28
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ – ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬6 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 6- PIPINIG
‫ – ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
SECTION 1- DEFINITIONS
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬9-1
1.9 Equipment User
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
The equipment user shall mean ‘Company’. MOD
SECTION 2- MACHINERY PIPING
INSTALLATION DESIGN
.‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮر از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ – ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت دوار‬2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-2
2.1 SCOPE
‫ اﻳﻦ روﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اراﺋﻪ راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ‬1-1-2
2.1.1 This recommended practice (RP) is intended
to provide guidelines for the installation and
preinstallation design of piping that is connected
to machinery in petroleum or chemical processing
facilities. The Contractor shall ensure that the
piping associated with the process machineries is
in accordance with Manufacturer’s requirements
and with IPS-E-PM-385(1), "Machinery Piping"
requirements.
MOD
‫و ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت دوار ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در‬
‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬،‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در‬.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
IPS-E-PM-385 ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه و‬
‫( ﺑﺨﺶ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت "ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت" اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬1)
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬4-2
2.4 Piping Supports
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬IPS-G-PI-280 (1) ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
Requirements of IPS-G-PI-280 (1)shall be met as
deemed applicable.
MOD
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
. ‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺶ از اﺗﺼﺎل‬1-4-2
2.4.1 Piping shall not be fully connected to the
equipment before the final pipe supports have
been installed.
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از وارد ﺷﺪن ﺗﻨﺶ ﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ ﺿﺮوري‬2-4-2
2.4.2 To avoid the undue stressing of rotating
equipment, the installation of piping shall never
start from rotating equipment nozzles. Piping
upstream and downstream of the equipment shall
be fitted from the nearest anchor.
ADD
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﻧﺎزل ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ دﺳﺘﻲ و ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ دﺳﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬.‫دوار ﺷﺮوع ﺷﻮد‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬5-2
2.5 Provision for Field Welds
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري روي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن‬1-5-2
2.5.1 Welding shall not be done on piping
connected to the equipment foundation, base
plates or the equipment itself, without proper
direct earthing-back to the welding transformer. In
order to prevent damage to equipment bearings by
stray currents, earth cables shall not be connected
to any part (base plate, pedestal, drive, etc.) of
rotating equipment.
ADD
‫ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮاﻧﺲ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺟﻮش اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ را ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺻﺪﻣﻪ دﻳﺪن‬. ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي‬،‫ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎت ﺳﺮﮔﺮدان‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ) از ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺤﺮك و ﻏﻴﺮه( ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ دوار دور ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬،‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
29
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻴﻬﺎي دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ورودي‬8-2
2.8 Inlet Strainers
‫ در ﺻﻮرت‬IPS-G-PI-230 (0) ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آﻣﺪه در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
Requirements of IPS-G-PI-230 (0) shall be met as
deemed applicable.
MOD
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
. ‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ – ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت وار‬4 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
SECTION 4- MACHINERY PIPING
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-4
4.1 General Requirement
‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬10-1-4
4.1.10 The materials of all pipe and fittings shall
comply with the specified requirements.
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ و ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ‬، ‫ درزﺑﻨﺪ‬،‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ‬11-1-4
4.1.11 Bolting, gaskets, flanges, and flange finish
shall be all in accordance with the specifications.
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ و‬12-1-4
4.1.12 Drains shall be at the lowest points and
vents shall be at the highest points. Steam lines
connected to hot process lines shall be provided
with a drain or vent and a valve as close as
possible to the process lines.
ADD
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر ﻛﻪ‬.‫درﻳﭽﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ در ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط داغ ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي آﺑﮕﺬر ﻳﺎ‬
‫درﻳﭽﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ و ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺮ در ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و‬13-1-4
4.1.13 Un-insulated lines for a hot product shall be
safely protected at locations where personnel can
come into contact with these lines.
ADD
‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت داغ را ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن‬
‫ﺗﺮدد و ﺗﻤﺎس اﻓﺮاد ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ وﺟﻮد دارد ﺑﻄﻮر اﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﭘﻲ و ﻳﻚ‬14-1-4
4.1.14 Globe valves and check valves shall be
installed correctly for the direction of flow. ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﻃﺮﻓﻪ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﺳﺎزي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬- 6-4
4.6 Piping Alignment Requirements
‫ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي‬5-6-4
4.6.5 Process piping flanges shall be lined up
properly with the equipment flanges.
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﻢ راﺳﺘﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﺶ و‬7-6-4
4.6.7 All process piping in between suction
strainer/filter and equipment nozzle shall be clean
(no mill scale etc.). If the line diameter is too
small for a proper visual inspection, line sections
concerned shall be removed and chemically
cleaned and passivated.
ADD
‫ﻧﺎزل ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺗﻤﻴﺰ )ﻋﺎري از ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮاده‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ‬.‫ﺗﺮاﺷﻜﺎري و ﻏﻴﺮه ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎي ﻣﺰﺑﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺻﻮرت ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻢ راﺳﺘﺎ ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻃﻮل اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي‬8-6-4
4.6.8 The alignment shall be checked during final
connection of the process piping to the equipment.
Dust blinds shall remain in place up to that time.
‫ ﻏﺒﺎر ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬.‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ آن زﻣﺎن در ﻣﻜﺎن ﺧﻮد ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
ADD
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ آب ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر‬9-6-4
4.6.9 For closed cooling water system, it shall be
checked whether the system is properly treated
with anti-freeze and corrosion inhibitor.
ADD
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﻳﺦ زدﮔﻲ و ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ از ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﻲ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
30
. ‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد‬
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﺮﻧﺶ در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ‬8-4
4.8 PIPE STRAIN MEASUREMENT
4.8.8 Process lines leading to and from the
equipment shall be connected to the equipment in
such a way that strain-free operation is
assured.
ADD
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻛﻪ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﻣﻨﺸﻌﺐ‬8-8-4
APPENDIX A
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
MACHINERY PIPING INSTALLATION
DESIGN
‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت دوار‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
. ‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺮﻧﺸﻲ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻧﺸﻮد‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-4
4.1 General Requirement
‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺗﻤـﺎم ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﻫـﺎ و اﺗﺼـﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒـﻖ ﺑـﺎ‬10-1-4
4.1.10 Verify that the materials of all pipe and
fittings comply with the specified requirements.
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﻠــــﻨﺞ ﻫــــﺎ و ﺑﺴــــﺘﻦ‬، ‫ درزﺑﻨــــﺪ‬، ‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻬــــﺎ‬11-1-4
4.1.11 Verify whether bolting, gaskets, flanges,
and flange finish are all in accordance with the
specifications.
ADD
(‫ )اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬.‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻌـﺎت ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ در ﭘـﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗـﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄـﻪ و‬12-1-4
4.1.12 Verify that drains are at the lowest points
and vents are at the highest points. Steam lines
connected to hot process lines shall be provided
with a drain or vent and a valve as close as
possible to the process lines.
ADD
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺨـﺎر‬. ‫درﻳﭽﺔ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ در ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط داغ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي آﺑﮕﺬر ﻳـﺎ‬
‫درﻳﭽﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ و ﻳﻚ ﺷـﻴﺮ در ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﺘـﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺤـﻞ ﻧﺴـﺒﺖ ﺑـﻪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟــﻪﻫــﺎﻳﻲ ﻛــﻪ ﻓﺎﻗــﺪ ﭘﻮﺷــﺶ ﺣﺮارﺗــﻲ ﻫﺴــﺘﻨﺪ و‬13-1-4
4.1.13 Verify that Un-insulated lines for a hot
product have been safely protected at locations
where personnel can come into contact with these
lines.
ADD
‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت داغ را ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜـﺎن‬
‫ﺗﺮدد و ﺗﻤﺎس اﻓﺮاد ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬـﺎ وﺟـﻮد دارد ﺑﻄـﻮر اﻳﻤـﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈـﺖ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﭘﻲ و ﻳﻚ‬14-1-4
4.1.14 Verify whether globe valves and check
valves have been installed correctly for the
direction of flow.
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﻃﺮﻓﻪ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﺳﺎزي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬6-4
4.6 Piping Alignment Requirements
‫ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﻫـﺎي ﻓﺮاﻳﻨـﺪي ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺎ ﻓﻠـﻨﺞ ﻫـﺎي‬5-6-4
4.6.5 Verify that process piping flanges line up
properly with the equipment flanges.
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﻢ راﺳﺘﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﺘـﺮ ﻣﻜـﺶ و‬7-6-4
4.6.7 Verify that all process piping in between
suction strainer/filter and equipment nozzle is
clean (no mill scale etc.). If the line diameter is
too small for a proper visual inspection, line
sections concerned shall be removed and
chemically cleaned and passivated.
ADD
‫ﻧﺎزل ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺗﻤﻴـﺰ )ﻋـﺎري از ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧـﻪ ﺑـﺮاده‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳـﻲ ﭼﺸـﻤﻲ‬.‫ﺗﺮاﺷﻜﺎري و ﻏﻴﺮه ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎي ﻣﺰﺑﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪه و ﺑـﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺻﻮرت ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺮاز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻃﻮل اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي ﺑـﻪ‬8-6-4
4.6.8 Verify the alignment during final connection
of the process piping to the equipment. Check if
dust blinds are remained in place up to that time.
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﺪ ﻏﺒـﺎر ﮔﻴﺮﻫـﺎ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺗـﺎ آن زﻣـﺎن در‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
31
.‫ﻣﻜﺎن ﺧﻮد ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
ADD
‫ ﺳــﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺴــﺘﻪ آب ﺧﻨــﻚ ﻛﻨﻨــﺪه ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ ﺑــﻪ ﻣﻨﻈــﻮر‬9-6-4
4.6.9 For closed cooling water system, check
whether the system is properly treated with antifreeze and corrosion inhibitor.
ADD
‫ﺟﻠـﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﻳـﺦ زدﮔــﻲ و ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌـﺖ از ﺧــﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑـﻪ درﺳــﺘﻲ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ‬8-4
4.8 Pipe Strain Measurement
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻛﻪ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﻣﻨﺸﻌﺐ‬8-8-4
4.8.8 Verify that process lines leading to and from
the equipment have been connected to the
equipment in such a way that strain-free operation
is assured.
ADD
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
32
.‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺮﻧﺸﻲ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻧﺸﻮد‬
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
CONTENTS:
PAGE
No
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
:‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ ﻫﻢ راﺳﺘﺎ ﺳﺎزي ﻣﺤﻮر‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 7: SHAFT ALIGNMENT
SECTION 1-DEFINITIONS ................................ 34
34 ...................................................‫ – ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
1.10 EQUIPMENT USER .................................. 34
34 ............................................... ‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬10-1
SECTION 3-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ..... 34
34 ....................................... ‫ – اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬3 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
SECTION 4-ALIGNMENT TYPES .................... 34
34 ................................ ‫ – اﻧﻮاع ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﺳﺎزي‬4 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
4.1 GENERAL ................................................... 34
34 ........................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-4
33
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺤﻮر‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 7: SHAFT ALIGNMENT
‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬-1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
SECTION 1- DEFINITIONS
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬10-1
1.10 EQUIPMENT USER
(‫ )اﺻﻼح‬.‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
The equipment user shall mean ‘Company’. MOD
‫ – اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬3 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
SECTION 3- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
‫ در ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﻧﻤﻮدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﺮﻛﺎت ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮه ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬6-1-3
3.1.6 Alignment shall allow for potential
movements such as thermal expansion, hydraulic
loading, gears with racing pinions, etc. The
Manufacturer's instructions shall be followed.
‫ ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاري‬،‫ ﺑﺎرﮔﺬارﻳﻬﺎي ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬،‫اﻧﺒﺴﺎط در اﺛﺮ ﺣﺮارت‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﭼﺮخ دﻧﺪه و ﭘﻨﻴﻴﻮن و ﻏﻴﺮه در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
ADD
‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﺷﺪن اﺟﺰاء ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬7-1-3
3.1.7 Prior to alignment checking it should be
confirmed that the equipment is correctly
supported, e.g.:
‫ﺑﻮدن ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎه ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
. ‫ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫• ﻋﺪم ﻧﺎﻫﻢ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ )ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ‬
( ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬0.03
●No "soft foot" (maximum dial movement
0.03 mm);
‫ ﻧﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ رخ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮار‬: ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note : A 'soft foot' is one which does not have
solid flat contact with the mating support pads
when the equipment is in place.
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻤﺎس ﺗﺨﺖ و ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
. ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎه ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫• ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
. ‫ﺿﺪزﻧﮓ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
. ‫• ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻠﺰي ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪة ﺑﺎر ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫• ﺧﺎرﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﻮري و ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﻲ و ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
. ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
●Shims are of stainless steel;
●Shims straddle foundation bolts and are fully
bearing;
●Axial and transverse keys are properly
located and secured;
●Level and alignment adjustment screws are
loose.
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
. ‫• ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺮاز ﻫﺎ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ – اﻧﻮاع ﺗﺮاز ﻧﻤﻮدﻧﻬﺎ‬4 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
SECTION 4- ALIGNMENT TYPES
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-4
4.1 GENERAL
:‫ﺗﺮاز ﻧﻤﻮدن ﻣﺤﻮر ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ ذﻳﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل اﺳﺖ‬
The following methods of shaft alignment are
acceptable in the following order of preference:
(‫( روش ﺗﺮازﻧﻤﻮدن ﻧﻮري ) ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﺷﻌﻪ ﻟﻴﺰر‬1
‫( روش ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي‬2
‫( روش "ﺻﻔﺤﻪ و ﻗﺎب" ﺑﺎ دو ﺳﺎﻋﺖ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي‬3
‫ﻣﺤﻮري و ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻲ‬
1) Optical alignment method (with laser
optics);
2) The reverse periphery method with dial
indicators;
3) The face and rim method with 2 axial dial
gauges and 1 radial dial gauge.
34
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ روش ﺳﻮم ﺗﻨﻬﺎ در ﻣﻮاردي ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ‬:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note: Method 3) should be applied only for
those cases where the measuring diameter for the
face reading is equal to or larger than half the
DBSE (distance between shaft ends) to ensure
reliable angular shaft alignment readings . MOD
‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺮاي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﻧﺼﻒ )ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ دو‬
.‫ﺳﺮ ﻣﺤﻮر ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺮاﺋﺘﻬﺎي ﺗﺮاز زاوﻳﻪ اي ﻣﺤﻮر دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻮرﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺮك و ﻣﺘﺤﺮك ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن ﭼﺮﺧﺶ‬1-1-4
4.1.1 Both the driver and driven shafts are turned
simultaneously to take alignment readings. ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺮاﺋﺘﻬﺎي ﺗﺮاز اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﻗﺮاﺋﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻜﺮار ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬2-1-4
4.1.2 Readings shall be demonstrated to be
repeatable. Dial bracket sag shall be taken into
account and shall not be more than 0.05 mm
(which should be checked, e.g. on a lathe). ADD
‫ﺧﻄﺎي ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از اﻓﺘﺎدﮔﻲ اﺑﺰار اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎب آورده‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬0/5 ‫ﺷﺪه و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
35
(‫) ﻛﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد ﻣﺜﻼً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﺮاش‬
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
CONTENTS:
PAGE
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
:‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي رواﻧﻜﺎري‬: 8 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 8: LUBRICATION SYSTEMS
SECTION 1-DEFINITIONS ................................ 37
37. ...................................................... ‫ – ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
1.3 EQUIPMENT USER .................................... 37
37 ................................................‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬3-1
SECTION 2-LUBRICATION SYSTEM
INSTALLATION DESIGN ........ 37
37 ....................‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ رواﻧﻜﺎري‬-2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
SECTION 3-LUBRICATION SYSTEM
INSTALLATION ........................ 37
37 .............................. ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ رواﻧﻜﺎري‬- 3 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
3.4 MECHANICAL CLEANING OF PIPING ....... 37
37 ............................ ‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬4-3
3.6 FLUSHING OF OIL SYSTEMS ..................... 37
37 .............................. ‫ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي روﻏﻦ‬6-3
36
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي رواﻧﻜﺎري‬: 8 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 8 : LUBRICATION SYSTEMS
‫ – ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
SECTION 1-DEFINITIONS
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬3-1
1.3 EQUIPMENT USER
(‫ )اﺻﻼح‬.‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ اﻃﻼق ﮔﺮدد‬
The equipment user shall mean ‘Company’. MOD
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ رواﻧﻜﺎري‬-2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
SECTION 2-LUBRICATION SYSTEM
INSTALLATION DESIGN
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-2
2.1 SCOPE
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ‬IPS-M-PM-320 (1) ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1-1-2
2.1.1 Requirements of IPS-M-PM-320 (1) shall be
met
MOD
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
SECTION 3-LUBRICATION SYSTEM
INSTALLATION
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ رواﻧﻜﺎري‬-3 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬4-3
3.4 MECHANICAL CLEANING OF PIPING
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ‬IPS-C-PI-410(0) ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1-4-3
3.4.1 Requirements of IPS-C-PI-410 (0) shall be
met.
MOD
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
‫ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي روﻏﻦ‬6-3
3.6 Flushing of Oil Systems
3.6.11 After the lubrication system has been
properly flushed, drain the flushing oil. Oil tanks
shall be cleaned and inspected after the flushing
procedure. Replace filter elements and clean the
filters. Remove all the special precautions
installed for the system flushing.
ADD
‫ ﭘﺲ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ رواﻧﻜﺎري ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ‬11-6-3
‫ روﻏﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد ﻣﺨﺎزن روﻏﻦ‬.‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﻓﺘﺎد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه و ﭘﺲ از ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﻓﺘﺎدن ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺟﺰاي ﻧﺼﺐ‬.‫اﺟﺰاي ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ و ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻮاﻧﺐ اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﻧﺪازي روﻏﻦ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
APPENDIX B
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب‬
‫ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي روﻏﻦ‬6-3
3.6 Flushing of Oil Systems
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ رواﻧﻜﺎري ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬10-6-3
3.6.10 Verify whether the lubrication system has
been properly flushed and is clean. During
flushing the bearings shall be bypassed.
ADD
‫ در ﻃﻮل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬.‫ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ اﺳﺖ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
37
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻗﺮار ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
PAGE
CONTENTS:
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
:‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ راه اﻧﺪازي‬: 9 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 9: COMMISSIONING
SECTION 1-DEFINITIONS .............................. 40
40 .................................................. ‫ – ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
1.3 EQUIPMENT USER .................................... 40
40 ................................................ ‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬3-1
SECTION 2-MACHINERY
COMMISSIONING .............................................. 40
40 ...................... ‫ – راه اﻧﺪازي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت دوار‬2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
2.1 SCOPE ......................................................... 40
40 .................................................... ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-2
2.2 PURPOSE .................................................... 40
40 ............................................................. ‫ ﻫﺪف‬2-2
SECTION 3-COMMISSIONING DESIGN ........ 40
40 ................................... ‫ – ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ راه اﻧﺪازي‬3 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
3.2 STRAINERS ................................................ 40
40 ...........................................................‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬2-3
SECTION 4-FIELD COMMISSIONING ........... 40
40 ..................................... ‫ – راه اﻧﺪازي ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬4 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
4.3 VERIFICATION OF REQUIREMENTS..... 41
41 ................................................ ‫ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬3-4
4.4 BEARING PREPARATION ........................ 41
41 ......................................... ‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬4-4
4.9 STRAINERS ................................................ 41
41 ............................................................ ‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬9-4
SECTION 5-COMPRESSORS ............................ 41
41 ............................................. ‫ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ‬-5 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
5.2 COMMISSIONING OF COMPRESSORS .. 41
41 ............................... ‫ راه اﻧﺪازي اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ‬2-5
5.3 START-UP CENTRIFUGAL
COMPRESSORS ........................................... 42
42 ............... ‫ ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬3-5
5.4 START-UP POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT
COMPRESSORS ......................................... 42
42 ............ ‫ ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬4-5
SECTION 6-PUMPS
ADD ....................... 43
43 ................................... (‫ – ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎ )اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬6 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
6.1 SCOPE……. ..................................................... 43
43 .................................................. ..‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-6
6.2 COMMISSIONING OF PUMPS ................... 43
43 ....................................‫ راه اﻧﺪازي اوﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ‬2-6
6.3 START-UP CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS .......... 44
44 ..................... ‫ ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻜﺎر ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬3-6
6.4 START-UP RECIPROCATING PUMPS ... 45
38
‫)‪IPS-C-PM-216 (2‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009/ 1388‬‬
‫‪ 4-6‬ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ‪45 ...............‬‬
‫‪6.5 START-UP ROTARY POSITIVE‬‬‫‪DISPLACEMENT PUMPS .................................. 47‬‬
‫‪ 5-6‬ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻜﺎر ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ دوار ‪47 ..........‬‬
‫‪ADD ................. 49‬‬
‫‪SECTION 7—TURBINES‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ – 7‬ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ )اﺿﺎﻓﻪ( ‪49 .....................................‬‬
‫‪7.1 SCOPE……. ..................................................... 49‬‬
‫‪ 1-7‬داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‪49 .................................................. ..‬‬
‫‪7.2 COMMISSIONING OF STEAM‬‬
‫‪TURBINES ........................................................ 49‬‬
‫‪ 2-7‬ﭘﻴﺶ راه اﻧﺪازي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر ‪49 ..........................‬‬
‫‪7.3 START-UP OF STEAM TURBINES ............ 51‬‬
‫‪ 3-7‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪازي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر ‪51 .............................‬‬
‫‪7.4 COMMISSIONING OF GAS TURBINES ... 52‬‬
‫‪ 4-7‬ﭘﻴﺶ راه اﻧﺪازي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﮔﺎزي ‪52 .........................‬‬
‫‪7.5 START-UP OF GAS TURBINES .................. 53‬‬
‫‪ 5-7‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪازي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﮔﺎزي ‪53 ............................‬‬
‫‪39‬‬
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
CHAPTER 9: COMMISSIONING
‫ راه اﻧﺪازي‬: 9 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
SECTION 1-DEFINITIONS
‫ – ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬3-1
1.3 EQUIPMENT USER
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
The equipment user shall mean ‘Company’. MOD
SECTION 2-MACHINERY
COMMISSIONING
.‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ اﻃﻼق ﺷﻮد‬
‫ – راه اﻧﺪازي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت دوار‬2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-2
2.1 SCOPE
‫اﻳﻦ روﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺗﻬﻴﻪ راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻪ در‬
‫راه اﻧﺪازي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮره درﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ روش‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻲ را ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻨﻤﻮده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ رود و راه اﻧﺪازي ) در‬
‫ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎي ﺟﺪﻳﺪ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻳﺎ رﻓﻊ‬
‫اﻳﺮاد در ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ( دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
This Recommended Practice is intended to
provide guidelines for the design and installation
practices that affect the commissioning of general
purpose equipment, and to provide guidelines for
the commissioning (e.g. during new construction
projects and existing equipment following
maintenance or plant modifications). Unless
otherwise specified by the user, instructions
supplied by the machinery vendor should be
included.
MOD
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
.‫آﻻت ﻣﻮارد ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻫﺪف‬2-2
2.2 PURPOSE
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮره ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻓﺼﻞ اول اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
General purpose equipment are those defined in
chapter 1 of API 686.
MOD
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
.‫ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪه اﻃﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬API 686
‫ – ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ راه اﻧﺪازي‬3 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
SECTION 3-COMMISSIONING DESIGN
‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬2-3
3.2 STRAINERS
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬IPS-G-PI-230(0)‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
Requirements of IPS-G-PI-230 (0) shall be met.
MOD
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
‫ – راه اﻧﺪازي ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬4 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
SECTION 4-FIELD COMMISSIONING
‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺼﻮل اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از‬6-2-4
4.2.6 Verify the foundation bolts to make sure that
they are straight and vertical and securely
tightened. Shims should be located on either side
of each foundation bolt and made in one piece.
Layers of thin plates shall not be used.
ADD
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ و ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﻮدن و ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﺪن آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮف ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻗﺮار‬. ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ از ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ورﻗﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎزك ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي‬.‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﮔﺬارﻳﻬﺎ و ﻧﺴﻮز ﻫﺎي ﺿﺪآﺗﺶ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬7-2-4
4.2.7 Verify that the insulation and fireproofing
have been applied in accordance with the
specification and that precautions have been taken
to prevent the ingress of water.
ADD
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه و ﺟﻮاﻧﺐ اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ورود آب‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻃﻮل ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و‬4-2-8
4.2.8 Verify and inspect any alterations made
during plant construction and erection for
compliance with the design specification, and
record any deviations.
ADD
‫( ﺑﻮﺟﻮد آﻣﺪه و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت‬3) ‫ﻧﺼﺐ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ وﺛﺒﺖ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻧﺤﺮاف از آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ و ﺑﺴﺘﻦ‬، ‫ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ‬، ‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻧﺎزل‬9-2-4
4.2.9 Verify that the nozzle facings, flanges,
40
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ درز ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ و ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﻣﻴﺨﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت ﻻزم‬،‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ‬
flange finish, gaskets and stud bolts are in
accordance with specified requirements and the
alignment of flanges on process connections is
correct.
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫و ﺗﺮاز ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ در اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮات ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ‬10-2-4
4.2.10 A general inspection is required to check
personnel hazards (e.g. tripping and headroom)
associated with the accessibility of operating
equipment. Hazards shall be removed or
permanently marked and additional access
provided as needed.
ADD
‫ﭘﺮﺳﻨﻞ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻟﻐﺰش و ﻣﻴﺰان ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬، ‫دردﺳﺘﺮس ﺑﻮدن ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات در ﺣﺎل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬
‫رﻓﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر داﺋﻤﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻫﺎي‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
. ‫اﺿﺎﻓﻲ در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻜﺶ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات از ﻧﻈﺮ‬11-2-4
4.2.11 Verify that the proper mesh size is installed
in the suction line strainer/filter of the equipment
and that the strainer is fitted correctly. During the
initial start-up, commissioning and initial
operating phase the strainer shall be covered with
a fine mesh gauze. The fine mesh gauze may be
removed after the initial operating phase if fouling
is within limits. This shall be determined by
means of a suitable differential pressure method.
ADD
‫ و ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬.‫ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﻧﺪازه ﺗﻮري و ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ راه اﻧﺪازي و ﻓﺎز اوﻟﻴﻪ‬،‫ در ﻃﻮل ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻜﺎر اوﻟﻴﻪ‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮري ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮري رﻳﺰ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻮر ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮري رﻳﺰ را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﭘﺲ از ﻓﺎز اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت و در‬
‫ ﺑﺮداﺷﺖ اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪﺑﻪ‬،‫ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ رﺳﻮﺑﺎت ﻣﺤﺪود ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ روش ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا اﺳﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬3-4
4.3 Verification of Requirements
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﻳﺎ اﺑﺰار )ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات( ﺧﺎص و‬3-3-4
4.3.3 Verify whether special (maintenance) tools
and instruction manuals have been supplied. ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻬﺎي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ارﺳﺎل ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﭘﻼك ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬4-3-4
4.3.4 Verify that the nameplate is properly
attached to the equipment in accordance with the
specification.
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬4-4
4.4 BEARING PREPARATION
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬IPS-M-GN-140(1) ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
Requirements of IPS-M-GN-140 (1) shall be met.
MOD
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﻳﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر و دﻣﺎي روﻏﻦ در ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬6-4-4
4.4.6 Verify the oil pressures and temperatures of
all bearings are within manufacturing tolerances.
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫در ﻣﺤﺪودة ﻣﻮرد ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬9-4
4.9 STRAINERS
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-G-PI-230 (0) ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
Requirements of IPS-G-PI-230 (0) shall be met.
MOD
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
‫ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ‬-5 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
SECTION 5-COMPRESSORS
‫ راه اﻧﺪازي اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ‬2-5
5.2 COMMISSIONING OF COMPRESSORS
‫ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻓﻮري دﺳﺘﮕﺎه در ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬8-2-5
5.2.8 Stop it immediately if abnormalities are
observed.
MOD
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎدي‬
،‫ در ﻣﻮاﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮا راه اﻧﺪازي ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬10-2-5
5.2.10 Sometimes a compressor is used to run on
air. The molecular weight and the K value of air
may differ from those of the process gas in the
‫ ﻫﻮا ﺑﺎ ﮔﺎز ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬K ‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ وزن ﻣﻮﻟﻜﻮﻟﻲ و ﻣﻴﺰان‬
41
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد در اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮارد از ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬،‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت اﺳﺖ‬
‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻻزم در ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ و ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻣﺜﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮردرﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻟﺰوﻣﺎً ﺑﻪ اﺻﻼﺣﺎت ﻣﻮﻗﺖ در ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺑﺮوز‬
compressor. It is advisable to contact the
Manufacturer if such operation is foreseen or
required, as the compressor may have to be
operated at reduced speed and pressure; for
example, seals may have to be modified
temporarily to prevent equipment damage. ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬3-5
5.3 Start-up Centrifugal Compressors
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮔﺮدد‬IPS-M-PM-170(1) ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
Requirements of IPS-M-PM-170 (1) shall be met.
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﺛﺒﺖ ﺳﻄﻮح ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت و ﻣﻴﺰان ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ‬4-3-5
5.3.4 Verify and record vibration levels and
leakage regularly, particularly after a change in
operating conditions, and confirm they are within
specified limits.
ADD
، ‫و ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ در ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬، ‫ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬
.‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﭘﺲ از ﻫﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮي ﻛﻪ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﻮد‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ و ﻣﻮارد ﻣﻄﺮوﺣﻪ‬5-3-5
5.3.5 When satisfactory operation is obtained and
all outstanding matters have been dealt with, the
unit is ready for performance test.
ADD
5.4
Start-up
Positive
Compressors
‫ واﺣﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم آزﻣﻮن ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد آﻣﺎده‬، ‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
Displacement
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬4-5
IPS- ‫ و‬IPS-M-PM-200(1) ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آﻣﺪه در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
Requirements of IPS-M-PM-200 (1) and IPS-MPM-220 (1) shall be met as applicable.
. ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬M-PM-220(1)
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﻣﺴﻴﺮﺧﻮاﻧﻲ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ روﻏﻦ رواﻧﻜﺎري و آب‬9-4-5
5.4.9 Verify and line-up of lube-oil and cooling
water system that they are in accordance with flow
diagram.
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﺔ رواﻧﻜﺎري و آب ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻟﺤﺎظ‬10-4-5
5.4.10 Verify that the lube-oil and cooling water
system have been properly flushed and are clean.
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺗﻜﺎﻓﻮي ﭘﺎﻛﻴﺰﮔﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻟﻘﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن در دو ﻃﺮف ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪر‬11-4-5
5.4.11 Verify that the piston travel clearances at
both sides of each cylinder and piston/piston rod
run-out are within manufacturer tolerances. ADD
‫و ﻧﻴﺰ اﻧﺤﺮاف ﻣﺤﻮري ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن و ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﻞ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن در ﻣﺤﺪودة‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﻄﻠﻮب و ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬12-4-5
5.4.12 Verify that whether the safety devices are
properly installed and in accordance with the data
sheets and flow diagram.
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎ داده ﺑﺮﮔﻬﺎ و ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و ﻳﺎ‬13-4-5
5.4.13 Verify that the safety/relief valve is
installed and check set pressure.
ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ روﻏﻦ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﺔ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎن وﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬14-4-5
(‫ )اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬.‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﺼﺐ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎن ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ‬، ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ روﻏﻦ‬
5.4.14 if an intermediate bearing is installed,
verify that the bearing housing contains oil or
grease, and check for correct oil level.
ADD
42
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
SECTION 6-PUMPS
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
ADD
‫ – ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎ‬6 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-6
6.1 SCOPE
‫ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ اﻏﻠﺐ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬2-7 ‫اﻟﻒ – ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
a. Section 7.2 covers activities common to
most pumps.
.‫ﻫﺎ را ﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي‬3-7 ‫ب – ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
b. Section 7.3 covers activities common to
centrifugal pumps.
. ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ را ﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي رﻓﺖ‬4-7 ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬-‫ج‬
c. Section 7.4 covers activities common to
reciprocating pumps.
.‫و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي دوار‬5-7 ‫د – ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
d. Section 7.5 covers activities common to
rotary positive-displacement pumps.
. ‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ راه اﻧﺪازي اوﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ‬2-6
6.2 Commissioning of Pumps
This section contains
commissioning of pumps.
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
guidelines
for
‫اﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮاي راه اﻧﺪازي اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ اراﻳﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ‬
the
‫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﺧﺪﻣﺎت ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در‬1-2-6
6.2.1 A vendor service representative may be
required on-site to support the commissioning and
to protect the warranty.
‫ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ راه اﻧﺪازي اوﻟﻴﻪ و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ‬
. ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎر اﺣﻀﺎر ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺟﻬﺖ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪن‬2-2-6
6.2.2 Obtain the completed checklists to verify
installation and cleanout is completed.
6.2.3 Verify all instrumentation
calibrated and functionally tested.
has
.‫ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد و ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه ﺑﻮدن ﻛﻠﻴﺔ‬3-2-6
been
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي‬4-2-6
6.2.4 Verify all control loops have been
functionally tested and all control valves work
properly.
.‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻲ و ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي اﻋﻼم‬5-2-6
6.2.5 Verify that all alarm and trip systems have
been functionally tested.
.‫ﺧﻄﺮ و ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﻨﻨﺪة دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ درك ﺻﺤﻴﺢ دﺳﺘﻮر اﻟﻌﻤﻬﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬6-2-6
6.2.6 Verify that plant operating instructions have
been clearly understood and that all valves,
controllers, and switches are in their proper
positions.
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ و‬، ‫ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ و ﻧﻴﺰ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ‬
:‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ در رواﻧﻜﺎري‬7-2-6
6.2.7 Verify Following Items on Lubrication:
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ رواﻧﻜﺎري‬-‫اﻟﻒ‬
a. Proper functioning of the lubrication system.
b. Correct position and level of the constantlevel oiler.
‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ و ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ در ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺳﻄﺢ‬-‫ب‬
c. Bearing housing contains oil up to the correct
level or is properly greased.
‫ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎن ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺻﺤﻴﺢ روﻏﻦ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ داﺷﺘﻪ‬-‫ج‬
‫روﻏﻦ‬
. ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
43
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
6.2.8
: ‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ در ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ‬8-2-6
Verify Following Items on Sealing:
‫ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ارﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﺔ آب ﺑﻨﺪي از ﺟﻨﺲ‬.‫اﻟﻒ‬
a. Soft packing rings in the stuffing box are
of correct material and the packing and
gland are properly installed.
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮده و ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ درﺳﺘﻲ‬، ‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻓﺎﻧﻮﺳﻲ‬.‫ب‬
b. Location and connections of the lantern
ring are correct and proper seal liquid is
used, if applicable.
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت آن و ﻧﻴﺰ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
. ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻜﺎر ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬3-6
6.3 Start-Up Centrifugal Pumps
‫ و‬IPS-M-PM-105 (1) ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬1-3-6
6.3.1 Requirements of IPS-M-PM-105 (1), IPS-MPM-115 (0), and IPS-M-PM-125 (0) shall be met
as applicable.
‫ در ﺻﻮرت‬IPS-M-PM-125(0) ‫ و‬IPS-M-PM-115 (0)
. ‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻧﻮع ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و ﺟﻨﺲ آن ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬2-3-6
. ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬
6.3.2 Verify that the type of mechanical seal and
its material are in accordance with specification.
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ و ﻧﺤﻮه ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬3-3-6
.API ‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺮح ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در‬، ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
6.3.3 Verify whether the seal piping arrangement
is correctly installed in accordance with the
specified API plan.
: ‫ ﭘﻴﺶ از راه اﻧﺪازي اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬4-3-6
6.3.4 Prior to initial run:
‫ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آزاد ﻣﺤﻮري ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻧﺪاز‬, ‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬. ‫ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ دﻧﺪاﻧﻪ اي ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آزاد ﻣﺤﻮرﭼﺮﺧﻨﺪه ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ و ﻣﻮﺗﻮر اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
Check the free axial movement of the gear
coupling spacer, if applicable.
Check the free
rotor/electric motor.
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
movement
of
pump
‫ در ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻦ آب ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬5-3-6
6.3.5 for initial run on water or flushing liquid
(if applicable) following items should be
considered:
.‫)درﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد( ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬،‫ آب ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ در ﻣﻮارد ﻟﺰوم‬-‫اﻟﻒ‬
a. Where necessary, supply cooling water,
start the luboil unit and seal liquid supply.
‫روﻏﻦ رواﻧﻜﺎري ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻜﺎر ﻛﻨﺪ و ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
.‫ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺘﺮوژن در اﻧﺒﺎره ﻫﺎ‬،‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-‫ب‬
b. Check N2 partial pressure in accumulators
if applicable.
.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ و ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻧﺸﺖ‬،‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺶ را ﺑﺎز ﻧﻤﻮده‬-‫ج‬
c. Open the suction valve and vent the pump
casing and seal chamber.
.‫ﺑﻨﺪي را ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ را در ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﺎز اﺳﺖ روﺷﻦ‬-‫د‬
d. Start the pump with the discharge valve
cracked open and check the shut-off head.
Open the discharge valve gradually and
check the power consumption (ammeter)
at the same time.
e.
‫ﻧﻤﻮده و ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻓﺸﺎري در دﺑﻲ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫ﺷﻮد ﺳﭙﺲ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ را ﺑﻪ آراﻣﻲ ﺑﺎز ﻧﻤﻮده و ﻣﻴﺰان‬
.‫ﺗﻮان ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ )آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺘﺮ( ﺑﻄﻮر ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ در ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‬-‫ه‬
Check the mechanical performance of the
pump on the duty point, e.g. bearing
temperature, vibration levels.
( ‫)ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺜﺎل دﻣﺎي ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ و ﺳﻄﺢ ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت‬
44
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
6.3.6
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ﺷﺮوع‬
Following items should be considered as
the final stage of start-up:
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬6-3-6
.‫ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﺪ‬
‫ درﺻﻮرت اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻳﺎ اﻧﺸﻌﺎب ﻣﺘﻌﺎدل‬-‫اﻟﻒ‬
a. If a bypass or equalizing line is installed
for warming-up purposes, open the valve
in this line and warm up the pump for a
sufficient length of time.
‫ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻳﻦ اﻧﺸﻌﺎب را‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺮم ﻧﻤﻮدن ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬، ‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﺎز‬، ‫ت زﻣﺎن ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪاري‬‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺪ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻪ دارﻳﺪ‬
‫ روﺷﻦ‬،‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي آب اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬-‫ب‬
b. Start the pump as for water.
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﺰان ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ و ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﻮد‬-‫ج‬
c. Check and record vibration. If vibrations
are excessive make a hot check of the
coupling alignment, if necessary.
‫ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ؛ در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم ﻫﻢ‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻮري در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺻﺪاي ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻣﺤﺪودة ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪه‬-‫د‬
d. Check whether noise levels exceed the
specified limits.
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري ﻫﺎ‬
Notes:
،‫ ﺣﺼﻮل اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﭘﺮ ﻧﺒﻮدن ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺧﻼء از ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬-1
1. Ensure that vacuum pumps are not started
when full of liquid.
.‫ﻗﺒﻞ از راه اﻧﺪازي‬
‫ از‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻜﺎر ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‬-2
2. For high speed pumps, follow the start-up
procedure of the Manufacturer.
.‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﭘﻴﺮوي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪاي ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻌﺎدﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬-3
3. Multi-stage pumps with balancing disc
should always operate at the specified
differential head and design process
conditions. Low discharge heads could
destroy the balancing disks.
‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ در اﺧﺘﻼف ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪه و وﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ در ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ ارﺗﻔﺎع‬.‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه ﻛﺎر ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻣﻜﺎن آﺳﻴﺐ‬،‫دﻫﺶ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻣﻴﺰان ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺗﻌﺎدﻟﻲ وﺟﻮد دارد‬
‫ ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ‬4-6
6.4 Start-up Reciprocating Pumps
‫ در ﺻﻮرت‬IPS-M-PM-130(1) ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1-4-6
6.4.1 Requirements of IPS-M-PM-130 (1) shall be
met as applicable.
. ‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ از رواﻧﻜﺎري ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬2-4-6
6.4.2 If forced-feed lubrication is applied, check
the line-up of the luboil system.
.‫ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﺔ رواﻧﻜﺎري ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‬.‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ روﻏﻦ در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻟﻨﮓ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار‬3-4-6
6.4.3 Check that the crankcase contains oil up
to the correct level.
.‫ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﺎن ﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ اي ﮔﺎزي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه‬4-4-6
6.4.4 If a bladder type pulsation dampener is
installed, check that the nitrogen precharge
pressure is as specified.
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻧﻴﺘﺮوژن و ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ آن ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﺰان ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬
. ‫ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و ﻳﺎ‬5-4-6
6.4.5 Check whether a safety/relief valve is
installed and check the set pressure.
6.4.6
.‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
: ‫ ﭘﻴﺶ از راه اﻧﺪازي اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬6-4-6
Prior to initial run:
‫ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آزاد ﻣﺤﻮري ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ‬،‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-‫اﻟﻒ‬
a. Check the free axial movement of the gear
45
‫)‪IPS-C-PM-216 (2‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009/ 1388‬‬
‫دﻧﺪاﻧﻪ اي ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ‪.‬‬
‫‪coupling spacer, if applicable.‬‬
‫ب‪ -‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آزاد ﻣﺤﻮر ﭼﺮﺧﻨﺪة ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ و ﻣﻮﺗﻮر اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫‪pump‬‬
‫ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ج‪ -‬وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺶ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ را‬
‫‪of‬‬
‫‪b. Check free movement‬‬
‫‪rotor/electric motor.‬‬
‫‪c. Check the suction and discharge valve‬‬
‫‪assembly and valve housings for‬‬
‫‪cleanliness and check whether the valves‬‬
‫‪are correctly assembled.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﺮده و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻮدن ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ را ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬از ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮي ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن‬
‫ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫د‪ -‬درﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﺗﻮان ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺴﻤﺔ ‪V‬‬
‫‪d. If the pump is driven by means of V-belts,‬‬
‫‪check the tension of these belts and check‬‬
‫‪pulley alignment.‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰان ﻛﺸﺶ و ﻫﻢ ﻣﺤﻮري ﻗﺮﻗﺮه‬
‫ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد ‪.‬‬
‫ه‪ -‬در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻣﺤﺮﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫‪e. If the pump is steam-driven, check that‬‬
‫‪the steam supply and exhaust lines have‬‬
‫‪been connected to the equipment so that‬‬
‫‪strain-free operation is assured. Check‬‬
‫‪flange bolts, gaskets and pipe supports.‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد و از ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد‬
‫ﺑﺪون ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،‬درز ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ و ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫و‪ -‬ﭼﺮخ دﻧﺪة ﺷﻴﺮ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و در ﺻﻮرت‬
‫‪Check the valve gear and re-adjust where‬‬
‫‪necessary.‬‬
‫ﻟﺰوم ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺠﺪ‪‬د ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 7-4-6‬راه اﻧﺪازي اوﻟﻴﻪ ) ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺎل اﺻﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ‬
‫‪Initial run (on product or flushing liquid):‬‬
‫‪f.‬‬
‫‪6.4.7‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه( ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ -‬دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
‫‪a. Check‬‬
‫‪any‬‬
‫‪specific‬‬
‫‪Manufacturer‬‬
‫‪instructions. If stroke adjusting devices‬‬
‫‪are installed the Manufacturer's handling‬‬
‫‪instructions shall be followed. (In‬‬
‫‪principle the start-up should be at a‬‬
‫‪minimum capacity).‬‬
‫ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ داﻣﻨﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‪).‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮد ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‪(.‬‬
‫ب‪ -‬ﻣﻮارد ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺨﺎر‪ ,‬آب ﺧﻨﻚ‬
‫‪b. Supply the specified utilities, e.g. steam,‬‬
‫‪cooling water.‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ج‪ -‬در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺎر ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي‬
‫‪c. Supply, if applicable, steam to heating‬‬
‫‪jackets.‬‬
‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ را ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫د‪ -‬ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﺔ رواﻧﻜﺎري را راه اﻧﺪازي و ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي را‬
‫‪d. Start the luboil unit and seal liquid supply.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ه‪ -‬ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺶ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪e. Open the suction and discharge valves.‬‬
‫و‪ -‬ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ را روﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Start the pump.‬‬
‫ز‪ -‬ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ و رواﻧﻜﺎري آن را ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫‪f.‬‬
‫‪g. Check the mechanical performance of the‬‬
‫‪pump and its lubrication.‬‬
‫ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 8-4-6‬ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ در ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﺛﺒﺖ ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ در‬
‫‪Following items on checking and‬‬
‫‪recording pump vibration should be‬‬
‫‪considered:‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪46‬‬
‫‪6.4.8‬‬
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺻﺪا از ﺣﺪود ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬-‫اﻟﻒ‬
a. Check whether noise exceeds specified
limits.
.‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ در ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬-‫ب‬
b. Check and record the mechanical
performance of the pump at the duty
point, e.g. bearing temperature, vibration
levels.
.‫دﻣﺎي ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎن و ﺳﻄﺢ ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت( ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ و ﺛﺒﺖ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ در آﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺷﺮوع‬9-4-6
6.4.9 Following items should be considered as the
final stage of start-up:
: ‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ درﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ از ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻳﺎ اﻧﺸﻌﺎب ﻣﺘﻌﺎدل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬-‫اﻟﻒ‬
a. If a bypass or equalizing line is installed
for warming-up purposes, open the valve
in this line and warm-up the pump for a
sufficient length of time.
‫ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻳﻦ‬،‫ ﭘﻴﺶ از راه اﻧﺪازي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻧﺸﻌﺎب را ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪاري‬
.‫ﺑﺎز ﻧﮕﻪ دارﻳﺪ‬
.‫ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ روش ﺷﻮد‬-‫ب‬
b. Start the pump.
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻣﻴﺰان ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت‬.‫ ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ و ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﻮد‬-‫ج‬
c. Check and record vibration. In case of
excessive vibrations make a hot check of
the coupling alignment, if necessary.
‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم ﻫﻢ ﻣﺤﻮري در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬،‫ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
. ‫ﮔﺮم ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺻﺪا از ﺣﺪود ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬-‫د‬
d. Check whether noise exceeds specified
limits.
.‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻜﺎر ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ دوار‬5-6
6.5 Start-Up Rotary Positive-Displacement
Pumps
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬IPS-M-PM-140(1) ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1-5-6
6.5.1 Requirements of IPS-M-PM-140 (1) shall be
met as applicable.
.‫ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮع ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و ﺟﻨﺲ آن‬2-5-6
6.5.2 Verify that the type of mechanical seal
and its material are in accordance with
specification.
.‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻧﺤﻮه ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻧﺸﺖ‬3-5-6
6.5.3 Verify whether the seal piping
arrangement is correctly installed in accordance
with the specified API plan.
. ‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬API ‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﻲ و ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺮح‬
‫ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه‬/ ‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬4-5-6
6.5.4 Check whether a safety/relief valve is
installed and check the set pressure.
.‫اﺳﺖ و ﻓﺸﺎر ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه آن ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﺶ از راه اﻧﺪازي اوﻟﻴﻪ‬5-5-6
6.5.5 Following items should be considered prior
to initial run:
: ‫ﻣﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻜﺶ و ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺣﺼﻮل اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از‬-‫اﻟﻒ‬
a. Check the suction line and filters for
absolute cleanliness.
. ‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آزاد و ﻣﺤﻮري ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻧﺪاز‬،‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-‫ب‬
b. Check the free axial movement of the gear
coupling spacer, if applicable.
.‫ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ دﻧﺪه اي ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آزاد ﻣﺤﻮر ﭼﺮﺧﻨﺪه ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ و ﻣﻮﺗﻮر اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬-‫ج‬
c. Check the free movement of pump
rotor/electric motor.
.‫ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
47
‫)‪IPS-C-PM-216 (2‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009/ 1388‬‬
‫د‪ -‬ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ و وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻦ ﺳﺎزي‬
‫‪d. Check shaft coupling, bolting and bolt‬‬‫‪securing devices.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-5-6‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﺶ از ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻦ‬
‫‪6.5.6 Following items should be considered‬‬
‫‪prior to initial run on flushing liquid or product:‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺎل اﺻﻠﻲ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻣﻮارد ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪a. Supply the required utilities.‬‬
‫ب‪ -‬ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ رواﻧﻜﺎري ﺑﺎ روﻏﻦ و ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫‪seal‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ )ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ‪ /‬ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‪ /‬ﻛﻮﺋﻨﭻ(‬
‫ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ج‪ -‬ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺶ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎز روﺷﻦ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪and‬‬
‫‪b. Start the oil lubrication‬‬
‫‪flush/quench system.‬‬
‫‪c. Start the pump with the suction and‬‬
‫‪discharge valves open.‬‬
‫د‪ -‬ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪه و دﻣﺎي ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫‪d. Check the mechanical performance of the‬‬
‫‪pump and watch bearing temperature.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ه‪ -‬ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت ﺛﺒﺖ و ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪e. Check and record vibration.‬‬
‫و‪ -‬در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﻣﺤﻮري ﮔﺮم در ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﻣﻮرد‬
‫‪Make a hot check of the coupling‬‬
‫‪alignment, if necessary.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‪.‬‬
‫ز‪ -‬ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺻﺪا از ﺣﺪود ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫‪f.‬‬
‫‪g. Check whether noise exceeds specified‬‬
‫‪limits.‬‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪48‬‬
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
SECTION 7-TURBINES
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
ADD
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ – ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‬7 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-7
7.1 SCOPE
‫ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎي ﻣﻌﻤﻮل در ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر‬2-8 ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬-‫اﻟﻒ‬
a. Section 8.2 covers activities common to
steam turbines.
. ‫را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎي ﻣﻌﻤﻮل در ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﮔﺎزي‬3-8 ‫ب – ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
b. Section 8.3 covers activities common to gas
turbines.
. ‫را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل وﺟﻮد ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات در ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و‬1-1-7
7.1.1 Since construction details and auxiliary
equipment can vary widely from Manufacturer to
Manufacturer, it is important to consult the
Manufacturer's instruction manual for any
additional checking not mentioned below.
Requirements of IPS-M-PM-240 (1) and IPS-MPM-260 (1) shall be met as applicable.
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ از ﺳﺎزﻧﺪهاي ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه دﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫در ﻣﻮاردﻳﻜﻪ ذﻳﻼً و ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ اﺷﺎره ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
IPS- ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬.‫دﺳﺘﻮر اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-M-PM-260(1)‫ و‬M-PM-240(1)
‫ ﭘﻴﺶ راه اﻧﺪازي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر‬2-7
7.2 Commissioning of Steam Turbines
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد و ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮاﺳﻴﻮن ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ و‬1-2-7
7.2.1 Check the schedule of auxiliary and
associated equipment for correct calibration and
operation.
. ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎت آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ و ﻣﺤﻮر ﺑﺎ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ دﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ‬2-2-7
7.2.2 Check that the casing and shaft can
expand with increasing temperatures. However,
transverse movement of the casing should be
prevented. The casing foundation bolts should
have adequate clearance under their heads to allow
for expansion of the casing.
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ از ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬.‫ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﺴﻂ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
،‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ ﺷﻮد و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻀﺎي ﻛﺎﻓﻲ در زﻳﺮ ﺳﺮ ﭘﻴﭻ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ اﻣﻜﺎن‬
.‫اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ در‬.‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰي ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ و ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬3-2-7
7.2.3 Check bearings and bearing housings for
cleanliness. If applicable, check that bearing
lubricating rings have adequate movement.
‫ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺑﻮدن ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬،‫ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد رﻳﻨﮕﻬﺎي رواﻧﻜﺎري ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬
.‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ روﻏﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻮرد‬4-2-7
7.2.4 Check for correct position of constantlevel oiler.
.‫ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ روﻏﻦ رواﻧﻜﺎري ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ‬5-2-7
7.2.5 Check that the luboil system is in
accordance with the flow diagram.
.‫ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ روﻏﻦ رواﻧﻜﺎري ﺑﻪ‬6-2-7
7.2.6 Check that the entire luboil system has
been properly flushed and is clean.
. ‫درﺳﺘﻲ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ روﻏﻦ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ‬7-2-7
7.2.7 Check that the control oil system is in
accordance with the flow diagram.
. ‫ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ روﻏﻦ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﻲ‬8-2-7
7.2.8 Check that the entire control oil system
has been properly flushed and is clean.
. ‫ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ آب ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ‬9-2-7
7.2.9 Check that the cooling water system is in
accordance with the flow diagram.
. ‫ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ آب ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ‬10-2-7
7.2.10 Check that the entire cooling water system
has been properly flushed and is clean.
. ‫درﺳﺘﻲ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
49
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﻧﺤﻮه ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ و ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﻮر ﻣﻮرد‬11-2-7
7.2.11 Check the piping arrangement and shaft
seals.
.‫ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ آب و ﺑﺨﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار‬12-2-7
7.2.12 Check vent and drain piping.
.‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ از ﻛﻨﺪاﻧﺴﻮر‬13-2-7
7.2.13 If a gland steam condenser is installed,
check for proper line-up of piping and control of
sealing steam.
‫ ﻧﺤﻮه ﻗﺮارﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ و ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ‬،‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﻣﺠﺰا اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺨﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻧﺤﻮه ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺧﻼء‬14-2-7
7.2.14 Check that the line-up of vacuum
equipment is in accordance with the applicable
drawings.
.‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﺼﺐ‬15-2-7
7.2.15 Check whether safety devices are properly
installed and in accordance with data sheets and
flow diagram.
.‫ﺷﺪه و ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ داده ﺑﺮﮔﻬﺎ و ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه‬/ ‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن‬16-2-7
7.2.16 Check that the safety/relief valve is
installed and check the set pressure.
.‫اﻧﺪ و در ﻓﺸﺎر ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬17-2-7
7.2.17 Check that bearing housings contain oil
up to the correct level.
.‫روﻏﻦ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﺰن روﻏﻦ رواﻧﻜﺎري ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ‬18-2-7
7.2.18 Check that the luboil tanks contain oil up
to the correct level.
. ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻲ روﻏﻦ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﮔﺎورﻧﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ‬،‫ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮع ﮔﺎورﻧﺮ‬19-2-7
7.2.19 Depending on the type, check that the
governor contains oil up to the correct level.
.‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ روﻏﻦ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ روﻏﻦ رواﻧﻜﺎري در‬20-2-7
7.2.20 Check that auxiliary luboil pump cuts in at
correct oil pressure.
.‫ﻓﺸﺎر روﻏﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺨﺎر ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬21-2-7
7.2.21 Check that the line-up of the governing
system is in accordance with the applicable
drawings. If possible, operate the system and
check for proper functioning of relay valves,
control valves and main stop valve after correct
control oil pressure is obtained. If the main stop
valve is operated without oil pressure, check
proper functioning manually.
‫ در ﺻﻮرت اﻣﻜﺎن و ﭘﺲ از رﺳﻴﺪن ﻓﺸﺎر‬.‫ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ روﺷﻦ ﺷﻮد وﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد‬،‫روﻏﻦ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰان ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﺷﻴﺮ اﺻﻠﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ‬،‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ اﺻﻠﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ‬.‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺪون ﻓﺸﺎر روﻏﻦ ﻛﺎر ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت دﺳﺘﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد‬
.‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ آن ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﺑﺨﺎر‬22-2-7
7.2.22 Check that the automatic cut-in turbines
are properly preheated and that the cut-in device is
properly set.
‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪه و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر‬
.‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺻﺤﻴﺢ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬23-2-7
7.2.23 Check the proper functioning of all safety
devices. Safety devices which cannot be tested
when the machine is not running should be
checked during the initial run.
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎر‬.‫ﻗﺮارﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ در ﺣﻴﻦ راه اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻦ‬،‫ﻧﻜﺮدن ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
.‫اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰم ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺖ اﻫﺮم در وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در‬24-2-7
7.2.24 Check the lever-holding mechanism of the
overspeed trip device while the turbine is not
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ در ﺣﺎل ﻛﺎر ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻮرد‬،‫ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ‬
50
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
.‫ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
running.
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪازي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر‬3-7
7.3 Start-Up of Steam Turbines
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي‬، ‫ ﭘﻴﺶ از راه اﻧﺪازي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ‬1-3-7
7.3.1 Before running the turbine, check the proper
functioning of all steam drains and condensate
traps. Consult Manufacturer's instruction manual
for start-up procedure of unit.
‫ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬.‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر و ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﺶ از ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮرد ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاي ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﻜﺎر‬2-3-7
7.3.2 Run turbine uncoupled for a few hours
and make following checks:
:‫اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ دﻣﺎي ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬـﺎ و ﻛـﺎﻓﻲ ﺑـﻮدن‬, ‫ ﻓﺸﺎر و دﻣﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر‬-‫اﻟﻒ‬
a. Observe
steam
pressures
and
temperatures, bearing temperatures and
that luboil flow to bearings is adequate.
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن روﻏﻦ رواﻧﻜﺎري ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻣـﻮرد ﺑـﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗـﺮار‬
. ‫ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ وﺳـﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﻗــﻒ ﻛﻨﻨــﺪه در ﺳــﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎي ﺑــﺎﻻ را ﻣــﻮرد‬-‫ب‬
b. Check the overspeed trip device by
increasing the turbine speed to the correct
trip speed, 3 times in succession.
‫ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗـﻮرﺑﻴﻦ را ﺳـﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎر ﻣﺘﻮاﻟﻲ ﺗﺎ رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﺳـﺮﻋﺖ دﻗﻴـﻖ ﺗﻮﻗـﻒ اﻓـﺰاﻳﺶ‬
.‫دﻫﻴﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﺰان ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ و ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﻮد‬-‫ج‬
c. Check and record vibration levels.
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر‬-‫د‬
d. For automatic cut-in turbines, check the
cut-in device for correct operating
condition.
‫ﻛﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻗﻄﻊ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻈـﻴﻢ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜـﺮد ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ‬،‫ در ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﻛﻨﺪاﻧﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺨﺎر‬-‫ه‬
e. For condensing turbines, check the proper
functioning of vacuum equipment and
whether the required vacuum can be
obtained.
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺧﻼ و ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮدن ﻣﻴﺰان ﺧـﻼء ﺑﺪﺳـﺖ آﻣـﺪه‬
.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
f.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ درﻳﭽﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻠﻪ ﺑﺨﺎرﻫﺎ‬-‫و‬
Check all condensate drains and steam
traps for proper operation.
.‫و ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺻﺤﻴﺢ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﮔـﺎورﻧﺮ در ﺳـﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎي ﺑـﺎﻻﺗﺮ از ﻣﺤـﺪوده‬-‫ز‬
g. Check whether the governor operates over
required speed range.
.‫ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺻﺪا در ﺣﺪود ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬-‫ي‬
h. Check whether noise exceeds specified
limits.
7.3.3 If no abnormalities are observed during
turbine uncoupled run, the turbine can be coupled
to the driven machine and the complete unit
started up, taking into consideration the process
conditions and start-up procedure for the driven
machine.
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎدي در ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪازي‬3-3-7
‫ ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ را ﻣﻲ‬،‫ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻧﺸﺪه ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻧﺸﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻮان ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه ﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻧﻤﻮد و ﻛﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ را ﺑﺎ ﻟﺤﺎظ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮدن ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي و دﺳﺘﻮر اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺖ‬
7.3.4 Run the complete unit for a long period, if
possible under normal operating conditions, until
smooth operation is obtained and no abnormalities
are observed. During this test, all observations
carried out during previous turbine uncoupled run,
with the exception of the overspeed test, shall be
repeated.
‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ و در‬4-3-7
‫ﺻﻮرت اﻣﻜﺎن ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻋﺎدي ﺗﺎ ﺣﺼﻮل ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد‬
‫در‬.‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪار و ﺑﺪون ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻣﻮارد ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎدي ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪازي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ‬,‫ﺧﻼل اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن‬
،‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎي آزﻣﻮن در ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ‬،‫ﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻧﺸﺪه‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻜﺮار ﺷﻮد‬
51
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم آزﻣﻮن ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬5-3-7
7.3.5 The following additional check should be
carried out during complete unit run:
.‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ و ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
،‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ در زﻣﺎن ﺗﺤﺖ ﺑﺎر ﻗﺮار دادن ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ‬-‫اﻟﻒ‬
a. Check when loading the turbine that the
control valves respond and open
gradually. If the turbine is equipped with
back pressure control valves, check that
they respond and function properly.
‫ در‬.‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل ﻋﻤـﻞ ﻧﻤـﻮده و ﺗـﺪرﻳﺠﺎً ﺑـﺎز ﻣﻴﺸـﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ داراي ﺷـﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل ﺑﺨـﺎر ورودي ﻳـﺎ‬
.‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻋﻜﺲ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ رﺳﻴﺪن ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﺲ‬-‫ب‬
b. Make a hot check of the coupling
alignment as soon as the set has come to a
standstill following a running period of
some hours at design temperature.
‫ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺤﻮر ﺳﺎزي ﮔﺮم‬،‫از ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺎر در دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
.‫در ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﺶ راه اﻧﺪازي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﮔﺎزي‬4-7
7.4 COMMISSIONING OF GAS TURBINES
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد وﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮاﺳﻴﻮن ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎت ﺟـﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻣـﻮرد‬1-4-7
7.4.1 Check the equipment supplied against the
schedule of auxiliary and associated equipment for
correct calibration and settings.
.‫ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮارﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﺤﻮر و ﻣﺠﺮاي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬2-4-7
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ از‬.‫ﺑﺎ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ دﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻌﺖ ﺷﻮد و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻀﺎي ﻛﺎﻓﻲ در‬
‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ‬،‫زﻳﺮ ﺳﺮ ﭘﻴﭻ‬
.‫اﻣﻜﺎن اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
7.4.2 Check that the casing, shaft and exhaust
duct can expand with increasing temperatures.
However, transverse movement of the casing
should be prevented. The casing foundation bolts
should have adequate clearance under their heads
to allow for expansion of the casing.
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬3-4-7
7.4.3 Check that the cooling system is in
accordance with the flow diagram.
. ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ‬4-4-7
7.4.4 Check that the entire cooling system has
been properly cleaned.
.‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷـﻮد ﻛـﻪ ﻛـﻞ ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ روﻏـﻦ رواﻧﻜـﺎري ﺑـﻪ‬5-4-7
7.4.5 Check that the entire luboil oil system has
been properly flushed and is clean.
. ‫درﺳﺘﻲ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛـﻪ ﻛـﻞ ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ روﻏـﻦ ﻫﻴـﺪروﻟﻴﻚ ﺑـﻪ‬6-4-7
7.4.6 Check that the entire hydraulic oil system
has been properly flushed and is clean.
. ‫درﺳﺘﻲ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ‬7-4-7
7.4.7 Check that the fuel supply system is in
accordance with the flow diagram.
. ‫ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳـﻮﺧﺖ ﺑـﻪ‬8-4-7
7.4.8 Check that the entire fuel supply system
has been properly flushed and is clean.
. ‫درﺳﺘﻲ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﻨﻈـﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه ﻫـﺎي ﻓﺸـﺎر ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬9-4-7
7.4.9 Check the correct functioning and setting
of gas fuel supply system pressure regulators and
isolating/venting valves.
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮرد‬/ ‫ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﮔﺎز و ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
. ‫ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃـﻮر درﺟـﺎ ﺑﻜـﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘـﻪ‬10-4-7
7.4.10 Operate the fuel control system statically
and check for correct equipment response.
. ‫ﺷﻮد و ﻧﻴﺰ واﻛﻨﺶ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ از‬،‫ ﭘﺲ از راه اﻧـﺪازي ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﺴﺘﺸـﻮي ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳـﻮر‬11-4-7
7.4.11 After commissioning the compressor
washing system, ensure that it operates correctly
according to the Manufacturer's manual.
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺻﺤﻴﺢ آن ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس دﺳـﺘﻮر اﻟﻌﻤـﻞ ﺳـﺎزﻧﺪه اﻃﻤﻴﻨـﺎن‬
. ‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
52
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ درﻳﭽﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ورودي ﻫﻮا و ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬12-4-7
7.4.12 Check all air intake bypass doors and
mechanized shutters for cleanliness and correct
operation.
. ‫ﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻤﻴﺰي و ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﺼـﺐ‬13-4-7
7.4.13 Check whether safety devices are properly
installed and in accordance with the data sheets
and the flow diagram.
. ‫ﺷﺪه و ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ داده ﺑﺮﮔﻬﺎ و ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﺎزن روﻏﻦ رواﻧﻜﺎري ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ‬14-4-7
7.4.14 Check that the luboil tanks contain oil up
to the correct level.
.‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ روﻏﻦ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳــﻲ اﻳﻨﻜــﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒــﻪ روﻏــﻦ رواﻧﻜــﺎري در ﻓﺸــﺎر‬15-4-7
7.4.15 Check that the auxiliary luboil pump cuts
in at the correct oil pressure.
.‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻧﺤـﻮه ﻗـﺮار ﮔـﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﻣـﺎن‬16-4-7
7.4.16 Check that the line-up of the governing
system is in accordance with the drawings. If
possible, operate the system and check the proper
functioning of relay valves, control valves and the
main stop valve after correct hydraulic oil pressure
is obtained. If the main stop valve is operated
without oil pressure, check proper functioning
manually.
‫ ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﻛـﺎر‬،‫ در ﺻﻮرت اﻣﻜﺎن‬.‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺷـﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗـﻲ و ﺷـﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل و‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮ اﺻﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺲ از رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑـﻪ ﻓﺸـﺎر روﻏـﻦ ﻫﻴـﺪورﻟﻴﻚ‬
‫ در ﺻـﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺷـﻴﺮ اﺻـﻠﻲ‬.‫ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬، ‫ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ آن ﺑـﻪ‬،‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﺪون ﻓﺸﺎر روﻏﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺻﻮرت دﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨـﻲ ﻣـﻮرد ﺑـﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬17-4-7
7.4.17 Check the proper functioning of all safety
devices. Safety devices which cannot be tested
when machine is not running should be checked
during the initial run.
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧـﺎﻣﻮش‬.‫ﻗﺮارﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ آزﻣﻮن ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ در ﺣـﻴﻦ ﺑﻜـﺎر اﻧـﺪاﺧﺘﻦ اوﻟﻴـﻪ‬
. ‫ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از آﺗﺶ ﺳﻮزي‬18-4-7
7.4.18 Check fire protection and gas detection
systems for correct operation according to the
Manufacturer's manual.
‫و ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﮔﺎز ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس دﺳـﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳـﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣـﻮرد ﺑـﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
. ‫ﻗﺮارﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪازي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﮔﺎزي‬5-7
7.5 START-UP OF GAS TURBINES
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪازي ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺗﺤـﺖ ﻧﻈـﺎرت و ﻣﺴـﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ‬1-5-7
7.5.1 All runs shall take place under the
supervision and responsibility of the Supplier's
engineer and in accordance with the
Manufacturer's instructions.
‫ﻛﺎرﺷـﻨﺎس ﺷـﺮﻛﺖ ﺗـﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه ﻛـﺎﻻ و ﻣﻨﻄﺒـﻖ ﺑـﺎ دﺳـﺘﻮر‬
. ‫اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺳـﺮد ﺑﻜـﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪه و دﺳـﺘﻮر‬2-5-7
7.5.2 Perform a non-fired run and follow
manufacturer's instructions.
.‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه اﺟﺮا ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺗـﻮرﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺼـﻮرت ﮔـﺮم ﺑﻜـﺎر‬2-5-7 ‫ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻜﺮار ﺑﻨـﺪ‬3-5-7
7.5.3 Perform a motoring run by repeating
item7.5.2 but with gas start selected.
. ‫اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ و ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻈﺎرت و ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ‬4-5-7
7.5.4 Perform the final run under the
supervision and responsibility of the Supplier's
engineer and in accordance with the
Manufacturer's instructions.
‫ﻛﺎرﺷـــﻨﺎس ﺷـــﺮﻛﺖ ﺗـــﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨـــﺪه ﻛـــﺎﻻ و ﻣﻨﻄﺒـــﻖ ﺑـــﺎ‬
. ‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻬﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه راه اﻧﺪازي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺻﺪا از ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻣﺠـﺎز ﺑﻴﺸـﺘﺮ‬5-5-7
7.5.5 Check whether noise exceeds specified
limits.
.‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
53
Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
‫ آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت ﺑـﺮاي ارﺟﺎﻋـﺎت آﺗـﻲ ﺗﻬﻴـﻪ‬6-5-7
7.5.6 Take a vibration frequency analysis for
future reference.
7.5.7
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ از روﻏﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬7-5-7
Take an oil sample.
‫ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺘﻲ از وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه ﺷﺪن‬8-5-7
7.5.8 Compile a checklist of safety devices to
be calibrated. This checklist shall include all test
information.
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺎوي ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت آزﻣﻮن‬.‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫دارﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
54